You are on page 1of 185

.

co
m
PD
F

Feasibility Study on Toll Road 1st Phase (Sumatera)

via

Technical Review

7.1 Plan of Access Facility


7.2 Plan of Bridge

ee

7.3 Soft Ground Treatment Plan


7.4 Slope Plan

ww
w

.n

7.5 Bridge Foundation Plan


7.6 Drainage Plan
7.7 Pavement Plan
7.8 Facility maintenance plan

Chapter 7

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Technical Review

7.1 Plan of Access Facility

The section of this project is a main arterial road which links to eastern axis of
Sumatera Island and connects between cities. The Mobility should be considered
first in order to connect between regions.

PD
F

This project route passes 4 provinces-South section(L=210km, South Sumatera and


Lampung), North section(L=350km, North Sumatera, and Riau) and 15 major cities.

Therefore establishing major access facilities of this project considers traffic generating
facilities such as condition of connect roads, area of impact zone, port, and
industrial facility. Fourteen access facilities were established(3 facilities in South
section and 11 facilities in North section) through consultation with MPWH and
local government.

via

As the project is operated by Public Private Partnership(PPP), economic aspect, toll


system, toll collection should be considered in the plan of access facility after
examining the best way of fund raising for PPP project.

ww
w

.n

South
section

ee

7.1.1 Establishment of Access Facilities

North
section

7-1

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

The installation plan of IC in the project route considers traffic volume and economic

aspect for operating PPP, establishes around major national infrastructure and
major city depending on the result of consulting with MPWH and

local

government. The IC could be additionally constructed to the site that increases


traffic volume in the future.

Particularly, when route selection phase, main access facilities in south section

were planned at 8 locations of 26km interval on average which was considered

PD
F

appropriate. However, considering the south section mostly remain undeveloped


and in accordance with government's policy to add additional IC follows
development progress of neighboring region in the future, access facilities were
initially planned at 3 locations(Menggala, Sp.Pematang, Kayu Agung).

ww
w

.n

ee

via

South Section

<Figure 7-1> Establishment of access facilities when route selection phase

7-2

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-1> Establishment of access facilities


Section

Location
(STA.)

IC

Type

44+575

Menggala
IC

Trumpet
Type

Distance
(km)
44.7
54.9

99+050

Sp.Pematang Trumpet
IC
Type

Remark

JL. Bujung Tenuk


~ Panaragan

JL. Trans Sumatera

PD
F

South
Section

Connect road

84.1

183+315

Kayu Agung Trumpet


IC
Type
Dumai
IC

12+100

Trumpet
Type

JL. Trans Sumatera

1.8

12.4

JL. Trans Sumatera

42.3

54+500

Sedinginan
IC

92+700

Cikampek
IC

Trumpet
Type

JL. Mahato
~ Simp.Menggala

via

38.5

Trumpet
Type

JL. Trans Sumatera

60.1

153+050

Kotapinang
IC

Trumpet
Type

JL. Trans Sumatera

20.9

247+800

Kualahulu
IC

.n

North
Section

Rantauprapat Trumpet
IC
Type

ee

174+200

269+270

ww
w

284+250

SP.Empat
IC

73.8

Trumpet
Type

JL. Trans Sumatera


21.3

Trumpet
Type

JL. Trans Sumatera


15.1

Kisaran
IC

Trumpet
Type

JL. Bts.Simalungun
~ Kisaran
32.6

316+700

Limapuluh
IC

Trumpet
Type

331+416

Indrapura
JCT

Trumpet
Type

347+600

JL. Aek Nabara


~Tanjung Sarang Elang

JL. Bts.Asahan
~ Perdagan
15.4
Toll Road
15.4

Tebing
Tinggi
IC

Partial
Cloverleaf
Type

7.0

JL. Trans Sumatera


JL. Kp,binjai
~ Bandar Kalifah

7-3

ww
w

.n

ee

via

PD
F

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Figure 7-2> Location map of access facilities - South section

7-4

ww
w

.n

ee

via

PD
F

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Figure 7-3> Location map of access facilities - North section

7-5

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.1.2 Review of Type

Closed type should be used considering the project route is toll road, the access
facility should be planned in the Interchange whose type can diverge and
merge through road and tollgate.

Considering operating system, geological condition, dealing with traffic volume, following
two type could be used and proper type should be selected considering the
feature of local area.

Trumpet type

Partial clover leaf type

via

Type

PD
F

<Table 7-2> Review of Type Comparison

ee

Overview

Two way when the same toll system Two tollgates are needed
is used, Ramp tollgate collect the toll. Structures of establishing section of
Main direction of ramp needs

.n

structure to be established.

Advantage Minimize the impact on road traffic

Disadvantage capability as one part of

ww
w

connected road intersection

It is common type connecting

ramp is unnecessary and connect


main road as at-grade
lower traffic capability on the
connected road and makes drivers
confused as two parts of connected
road intersection

highway and minimizes drivers'


confusion.

Applied in most section of this

Application
to this
project

7-6

Applied in connected section that

project which are possible to

needs to link to local road

operate in same operating system

development plan around ending


point of North section

7.1.3 Establishing Plan by Section


South section

via

PD
F

A. Menggala IC

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

1) Type : Trumpet type

2) Connected road : JL.Bujung Tenuk-Panaragan(local road, two-lane)

ee

3) Status and construction condition

Two cities-Menggala and Panaraganjaya- are formed around this IC and military
zone is also located.

In particular, this IC links to national road through Menggala therefore this

.n

IC would be the main entry road of Menggala

There is no specific topographical restriction on the site of constructing the IC

4) Impact zone

ww
w

Menggala, Panaraganjaya

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)


Design Traffic
Traffic
Direction volume/day hourly capability
(Veh/day) volume (pcu/h/l)
(pcu/h)

2,144

746
40
1,898

640
60
1,998

286
40
1,898

275
60
1,998

2,108
-

V/C Required
Lanes
0.39
0.32
0.15
0.14
-

1
1
1
1
-

7-7

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

via

PD
F

B. Sp.Pematang IC

1) Type : Trumpet type

2) Connected road : JL.Trans Sumatera(local road, two-lane)


3) Status and construction condition

Simpang Pematang and KEC,Mesuji are formed around this IC and HTI(Hutan

ee

Tanaman Industry) industrial complex is scheduled to develop.


The site of constructing IC is plantation area and has houses but there would
be no restriction on the construction.

4) Impact zone

.n

KEC.Simpang Pematang, KEC,Mesuji, HTI(Plan)

ww
w

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)

7-8

Traffic
Direction volume/day
(Veh/day)

Design
Traffic
hourly
capability
volume (pcu/h/l)
(pcu/h)

V/C

Required
Lanes

538

60

1,998

0.27

437

40

1,898

0.23

378

60

1,998

0.19

2,052

1,946

526

40

1,898

0.28

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

PD
F

C. Kayu Agung IC

via

1) Type : Trumpet type

2) Connect road : JL.Trans Sumatera(national road, two-lane)


Kayu Agung~Palembang~Betung toll road(Plan)
3) Status and construction condition

Kayu Agung is located around this IC and the IC connects Kayu Agung~

ee

Palembang~Betung section and national highway during the development of


toll road in Sumatera. Therefore the IC would become the major access
facility of Kayu Agung.

The location of the IC would be decided depending on the connect way

.n

between the project route and Kayu Agung~Palembang~Betung toll road


and there is no topographical restriction.

4) Impact zone

ww
w

Kayu Agung

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)


Design
Traffic
hourly Traffic
Required
Direction volume/day
capability V/C Lanes
volume
(Veh/day)
(pcu/h/l)
(pcu/h)

1,043
60
1,998
0.52
1

419

40

1,898

0.22

329

60

1,998

0.16

2,261

2,053

966

40

1,898

0.51

7-9

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

North section

PD
F

A. Dumai IC

via

1) Type : Trumpet type

2) Connect road : JL.Trans Sumatera(national highway, two-lane)


3) Status and construction condition

There is no city around this IC and Dumai is 25km northeastern of the IC.
JL.Sp.Dumai~Sp.Batang local road should be passed and connected to

ee

national road in order to use this route from Dumai.


The location condition of this IC is good as the IC is located in flatland topographically

4) Impact zone

.n

Dumai

ww
w

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)

7-10

Traffic
Direction volume/day
(Veh/day)

Design
Traffic
hourly
capability
volume (pcu/h/l)
(pcu/h)

V/C

Required
Lanes

1,251

315

40

1,898

0.17

207

60

1,998

0.10

65

40

1,898

0.03

75

60

1,998

0.04

983

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

PD
F

B. Sedinginan IC

1) Type : Trumpet type

via

2) Connect road : JL.Mahato~Simp.Menggala(local road, two-lane)


3) Status and construction condition

There is no city around this IC but there is future urban development planning
zone. The IC would be approached to Menggala, Sedinginan by connecting
with local road.

ee

The IC plan considering Urban Development Zone(Plan) and Oil Field around
the IC should be recognized.

4) Impact zone

menggala, Urban Development Zone

ww
w

.n

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)


Traffic
Direction volume/day
(Veh/day)

Design
Traffic
Required
hourly
capability V/C
volume (pcu/h/l)
Lanes
(pcu/h)

1,106

210

40

1,898

0.11

138

60

1,998

0.07

152

40

1,898

0.08

176

60

1,998

0.09

920

7-11

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

PD
F

C. Bagan Batu IC

1) Type : Trumpet type

via

2) Connect road : JL. Trans Sumatera(national highway, two-lane)


3) Status and construction condition

This IC is near the boundary between Riau province and North Sumatera province
and connects between the cities(Bagan Batu~Cikampak) by connecting with
national road.

ee

The IC is formed in plantation zone and the location condition is good.

4) Impact zone

Bagan Batu, Cikampak, Batam Sempunna

ww
w

.n

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)

7-12

Traffic
Direction volume/day
(Veh/day)

Design
Traffic
Required
hourly
capability V/C
volume (pcu/h/l)
Lanes
(pcu/h)

319

60

1,998

0.16

84

40

1,898

0.04

80

60

1,998

0.04

1,178

1,012

307

40

1,898

0.16

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

PD
F

D. Kotapinang IC

1) Type : Trumpet type

via

2) Connect road : JL.Trans Sumatera(national highway, two-lane)


3) Status and construction condition

Kotapinang city is formed around this IC and the IC is near future urban
development zone.

The IC becomes main ramp of the city which links to local road through

ee

connected road.

There is plantation area in constructing section of connected road and the


IC is designed to minimize encountering obstacles as the extension seems
to be long(about 3km)

.n

4) Impact zone

Kotapinang, Urban Development Zone(Plan)

ww
w

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)


Design
Traffic
Traffic
hourly
Direction volume/day
capability V/C Required
Lanes
(Veh/day) volume (pcu/h/l)
(pcu/h)

233

60

1,998

0.12

170

40

1,898

0.09

173

60

1,998

0.09

1,325

1,148

244

40

1,898

0.13

7-13

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

PD
F

E. Rantauprapat IC

1) Type : Trumpet type

via

2) Connect road : JL.Aek Nabara~Tanjung Sarang Elang(local road,


two-lane)

3) Status and construction condition

Rantauprapat, future urban developing zone, Aek Nabara, Pang Katan are
around this IC and railroad plan is near the IC.

ee

Plantation is formed on the construction site of the IC. Therefore the damage
of plantation should be minimized.

4) Impact zone

.n

Rantauprapat, Aek Nabara, Pangkatan

ww
w

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)

7-14

Traffic
Direction volume/day
(Veh/day)

Design
Traffic
Required
hourly
capability V/C
volume (pcu/h/l)
Lanes
(pcu/h)

301

60

1,998

0.15

236

40

1,898

0.12

240

60

1,998

0.12

1,318

1,156

320

40

1,898

0.17

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

PD
F

F. Kualahulu IC

1) Type : Trumpet type

via

2) Connect road : JL.Trans Sumatera(national highway, two-lane)


3) Status and construction condition

The city of Aek Kanopan, kualahulu are around this IC and there is Urban Development
Zone(Plan). The IC would be the main ramp for connecting with the city.
Encountering obstacles should be minimized when the connected road for current

ee

road is planned and incorporation of neighboring plantation needs to be


paid attention.

4) Impact zone

.n

Aek Kanopan, Kualahulu, Urban Development Zone(Plan)

ww
w

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)


Traffic
Direction volume/day
(Veh/day)

Design
Traffic
Required
hourly
capability V/C
volume (pcu/h/l)
Lanes
(pcu/h)

341

60

1,998

0.17

65

40

1,898

0.03

58

60

1,998

0.03

1,561

1,411

326

40

1,898

0.17

7-15

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

PD
F

G. SP. Empat IC

1) Type : Trumpet type

via

2) Connect road : JL.Trans Sumatera(national highway, two-lane)


3) Status and construction condition

Tanjung Balai and major city of Kisaran are around this IC and the IC would be
the main ramp which links to Tanjung Balai by connecting with national road.
The construction site of the IC has no specific topographical restriction and is

ee

located near railroad which should be aware when connects access road.

4) Impanct zone

Tanjung Balai, Kisaran

ww
w

.n

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)

7-16

Traffic
Direction volume/day
(Veh/day)

Design
Traffic
Required
hourly
capability V/C
volume (pcu/h/l)
Lanes
(pcu/h)

1,702

201

40

1,898

0.11

176

60

1,998

0.09

500

40

1,898

0.26

475

60

1,998

0.24

1,560

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

PD
F

H. Kisaran IC

1) Type : Trumpet type

via

2) Connect road : JL.Bts.Simalungun~Kisaran(loacl road, two-lane)


3) Status and construction condition

Kisaran and Tanjung Balai are around this IC and accessibility is considered for
national road and cities by connecting the local road that is main ramp for
Kisaran

ee

The construction site of the IC is flat land and has no specific topographical
restriction.

4) Impact zone

.n

Kisaran, Tanjung Balai

ww
w

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)


Traffic
Direction volume/day
(Veh/day)

Design
Traffic
Required
hourly
capability V/C
volume (pcu/h/l)
Lanes
(pcu/h)

2,024

178

40

1,898

0.09

157

60

1,998

0.08

929

40

1,898

0.49

882

60

1,998

0.44

1,879

7-17

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

PD
F

I. Limapuluh IC

1) Type : Trumpet type

via

2) Connect road : JL.Bts.Asahan~Perdagan(local road, two-lane)


3) Status and construction condition

Limapuluh and Sei Mangkei Industry(industrial complex) are around this IC


Tanjung Tiram Port is located toward waterfront therefore the IC would be
used in cargo transportation.

ee

The local road that connects the IC is planned as JL.National(Plan) but there
isn't details on this. Therefore the IC is designed followed by condition of
current local road.

4) Impact zone

.n

Limapuluh, Sei Mangkei Industry(Plan), Urban Development Zone(Plan)

ww
w

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)

7-18

Design
Traffic
Required
hourly Traffic
Direction volume/day
capability V/C
volume (pcu/h/l)
Lanes
(Veh/day) (pcu/h)

607

60

1,998

0.30

471

40

1,898

0.25

376

60

1,998

0.19

2,155

2,328

624

40

1,898

0.33

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

6) Additional review : Sei Mangkei Industry Access Road


Reason of review

- Limapuluh IC is a main access facility that links to Sei Mangkei Industry.

- The width of Province road (pavement width : 7m) and existing industry access

road (pavement width : less than 7m) serving the main road linking to
Limapuluh IC and Sei Mangkei Industry is insufficient.

- Thus, when the business of Sei Mangkei Industry is put on track, difficulties

with the traffic of large vehicles travelling to/from industrial zone are

PD
F

expected and it would be necessary to either extend current province road


or build the new Sei Mangke industry access road and connecting road.

- So, the comparison between alternative 1 that extends province road in


operation and existing industry access road, and alternative 2 that builds
the new Sei Mangke industry access road and connecting road was made
for review. (See alternatives of Sei Mangkei access road in Fig 7-4)
Review of status of extended roads and new roads, and its cross section

via

Cross section of extended province road

.n

ee

Cross section of extended industry access road

ww
w

<Figure 7-4> Cross section of Alt-1: Extension of existing province road and industry access road
Cross section of new access road

Cross section of connecting road

<Figure 7-5> Cross section of Alt-2 : New access road and connecting road
7-19

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Comparison of alternatives of Sei Mangkei Industry access road

<Table 7-3> Comparison of alternatives of Sei Mangkei Industry access road


Alternative 1

Alternative 2

via

PD
F

Extension of existing province road Construction of new access road


and existing industry access road
and connecting road
- From Existing national road
- Planning of new access road
to Sei mangkei Intersection
New access road connected
: 2-lanes road, Both direction
Sei Mangkei and connecting
(pavement width : 7m)
road connected to existing
Improve to 4-lanes road,
province road
Both direction
- selection of new access road
- From Sei mangkei Intersection
that detours the settlement totally
overview
to Existing main gate of industry
- Some far from existing national
: 2-lanes road, Both direction
road and province road
(pavement width : less than 7m)
Improve to 2-lanes,
Both direction
(pavement width : more than 7m)
- Extension to right side of existing
province road to avoid conflict
with electronic power line and
houses on left side of the road

.n

Length

ee

Route

Total Length : 12.1km for extension


- From Existing national road
to Sei mangkei Intersection
9.3km (4-lanes, B=20.5m)
- From Sei mangkei Intersection
to Existing main gate of industry
2.9km (2-lanes, B=11.0m)

Total Length : 6.3km for new road


- New access road to Sei Mangkei
4.3km(2-lane, B=16.8m)
- Connecting road to existing
province road
2.0km(2-lane, B=11.0m)

ww
w

New access road directly linked to Industry(Alt-2) appears to be appropriate


from the viewpoint of accessibility to Sei Mangkei Industry,
But, considering road network of Limapuluh, balanced regional development
and improved mobility for resident comprehensively, Alt-1 that extends
Review
existing province road would bring about more benefit
comment Existing road needs to be expanded toward right side when considering
surroundings(residential area and electronic power line are on left side)
Extension section would desirably be from linking to existing national
road to (Sei Mangkei Intersection) which is planned to build JI.National
Road in future, of which total length is about 9.3km.
Proposal

7-20

ww

Chapter 7 Technical Review

w.

ne

ev

iaP

DF

.co

<Figure 7-6> Alternatives of Sei Mangkei Access Road

7-21

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

ww
w

.n

ee

via

PD
F

This page intentionally left blank.

7-22

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

PD
F

J. Indrapura JCT

1) Type : Trumpet type

via

2) Connect road : Toll Road(planning)


3) Status and construction condition

This JCT is a strategic JCT that constructs toll road which is for port trading
volume of Kuala Tanjung Port(National)-one of major port in Northern
Sumatera-and

connect

the

project

route.

Indrapura

city

and

Complex

ee

Terminal are around the JCT

There is no topographical restriction on the construction site.

4) Impact zone

.n

Kuala Tanjung Port, Indrapura, Complex Terminal

ww
w

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)


Traffic
Direction volume/day
(Veh/day)

Design
Traffic
Required
hourly
capability V/C
volume (pcu/h/l)
Lanes
(pcu/h)

2,668

131

40

1,898

0.07

108

60

1,998

0.05

222

40

1,898

0.12

206

60

1,998

0.10

2,423

7-23

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

1) Type : Imperfect clover type

PD
F

K. Tebing Tinggi IC

via

2) Connect road : JL.Trans Sumatera(national highway, two-lane)


JL.Kp.Binjai~Bandar Kalifah(local road, two-lane)
3) Status and construction condition

Tebing Tinggi is located in Southwestern way of this IC and Tanjung Global


Hub(main port region) is in Northeastern way of the IC. When consulting

ee

with consultation meeting of route selection and local government, neutral


connect for avoiding one direction is planned to use partial clover leaf type
for smooth connect between Tebing Tinggi and Tanjung Global Hub.
There is village around the IC. Therefore it is impossible to use existing road.

.n

Separate connected road is designed to avoid obstacle.

4) Impact zone

Tebing Tinggi, Pangkalan Dodek Port, Tanjung Global Hub

ww
w

5) Forecast result of Traffic volume(2048)

7-24

Traffic
Direction volume/day
(Veh/day)

Design
Traffic
Required
hourly
capability V/C
volume (pcu/h/l)
Lanes
(pcu/h)

212

60

1,998

0.11

427

60

1,998

0.21

2,384

506

60

1,998

0.25

276

60

1,998

0.14

2,203

7.2 Plan of Bridge


7.2.1 Basic Direction
A. Basic direction of plan

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Plan of bridge adopts the type for user's convenience, plans to secure drivability
and

consider

hypothesis

step

by

step

considering

safety,

construction,

B. Design process and review

PD
F

economic efficiency reflecting local condition and maintenance easily.

Working process of implementing the plan


Collect data
/On-site survey

Analyze on-site condition


Analyze current bridges
Analyze property the
location of bridges and
bridge length

via

Analyze document
and satellite picture
Investigate planed
bridge type
Investigate planed
bridge location

Data Analysis

Select Bridge Type

Apply design criteria and


considerations
Consider consturction
ability,
economic efficiency, and
maintenance
Decide optimum bridge type

The purpose of collecting data and analyzing satellite photos is to set design
criteria of structure and understand the location of current and new bridges
and overall bridge length. The purpose of On-site survey is to be aware of

ee

span structure of current bridges, Type and neighboring condition, local


condition of new bridge construction site(cross condition, construction ability,
restriction), and is used as basic data of selecting bridge type.
Bridge type adoption should select the bridge type which fulfills the alignment
condition of planned route and cross condition based on above data.

.n

C. Major considerations by the location of bridge construction


Major considerations

Road and railway crossing section


Stream crossing section
Urban section and neighboring section

Meet the passing condition and consider


future expansion plan in advance
Minimize effect of stream and environme nt
Minimize civil complaint

ww
w

Classification by the location of


bridge construction

Promotion for bridge plan through pre-considerations depending on hypothetical


condition

- In the case of bridge plan, accumulate the data through preliminary study
and reflect the data into the design

- Plan on the bridge considering local condition for the construction site and
adopt structure type

- Pursuit construction ability, economic efficiency, and maintenance improvement


considering current bridge operation and construction condition

7-25

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.2.2 Pre-Review

PD
F

A. Analysis of geological feature


Climate
- Sumatera Island has tropical climate with average 25~27 and has monsoon
season with little monthly change.
The average amount of rainfall in Sumatera Island is about 2,678mm which is
higher than Indonesian annual average rainfall(2,333mm) and the annual
average rain days are 196days which is 7days more than Indonesian
average rainday (189days). The annual average amount of rainfall in
Sumatera Barat province is 4,329mm and annul average rainy days are 231days
showing the feature of tropical climate meanwhile Lampung province located in
Southern area shows 1,941mm in rainfall amount and 126days in rain day. This
shows that the climate is different between regions.
<Table 7-4> Climate and Weather in Sumatera
Temperature()
average
27.0
25.7
27.1
26.6
27.0
26.4
27.6
26.7
26.0
26.7
26.9

ee

N.A.D
Sumatera Utara
S
Sumatera Barat
u
Riau
m
Jambi
a
Sumatera Selatan
t
Bengkulu
r
Lampung
a
Bangka elitung
Kepulauan Riau
Average
Indonesia

High
23.2
22.0
21.0
23.2
21.4
21.6
21.3
23.2
20.7
21.7
21.7

Low
33.6
32.0
35.2
31.5
35.6
35.1
34.0
31.7
33.4
33.7
33.6

Precipitation(mm/year)

Rainfall(day)

2,513.0
4,329.0
3,216.3
2,394.0
2,364.7
3,150.0
1,941.4
2,734.9
3,633.9
2,678.4
2,334.3

224
231
235
207
210
225
126
225
214
196
189

via

Province

Notice) Statistical Yearbook of Indonesia 2009, BPS

.n

Sumatera has little temperature change and a lot of rainfall with


tropical climate.

Earthquake

Minimize expansion
joint

Earthquake distribution

ww
w

Southwestern coast of Sumatera is in


the circum-pacific belt that Eurasian
plate
and
AustraliaIndian
plate
meets.
Barisan
mountains
in
Southwestern coast is a region in the
circum-pacific belt.
Earthquakes happened in the magnitude
of 9.0 on December, 2004, 7.9 on June
2000, 7.7 on October 2010, 6.0 on January
2013 There are frequent earthquakes
as fault zone is in the west.

Sumatara is in the circum-pacific belt and earthquake happens


fequently.

7-26

Consider the seismic design

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

B. Local condition and surroundings of bridge erection

Pre-review is to check the location of bridges and overall span variability by


analyzing documents and satellite photos.

On-site survey consists of 1st survey for checking local condition and 2nd
survey for checking the location of current bridges and new bridges
Road crossing section

Railroad crossing section

PD
F

Regarding road width, pavement width and extra


width of shoulder not regulate in crossing roads.
Some local road sections are unpaved and
motorcycle drives more frequent than
vehicles on this section.
Heavy vehicles passage should be considered
in planning bridge on the local roads
throughout plantation.

The use of single railroad line is low and branch

via

lines are operated by cross


There are private housed in the road of North
section and railroad section. Continuous plan

and reviewing the location of destination are


necessary in order for construction ability
and minimizing civil complaint.

ee

River/valley crossing section

As the result of on-site survey, the river width is large, the depth of water
fluctuates high, and the flow is fast therefore these should be considered in
erection plan for construction. It is hard to access the valley therefore entrance

ww
w

.n

plan should be checked in construction.

<Figure 7-7> Landscape of valley <Figure 7-8> Landscape of river


Analysis result

Geometric condition is different depending on the


type of using road
There are many private houses near railroad section
The fluctuation of river depth is big, the width is
large, and the flow is fast
Accessing the valley and some sections are difficult.

<Figure 7-9> stream flow


Design application
Use standardized bridge length
by roads
Minimize civil complaints
Consider local condition when
planning construction
Set plan for entrance under
construction

7-27

C. Analysis of current bridge

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

This analysis was conducted in order to establish application method of bridge


type by analyzing the feature of bridges in the local area and their condition.
Analysis of the bridge length
The bridge length under 10m accounts for 43.1%
and the length under 50m accounts for 48.3%.
This shows that 91.4% of bridge length is under
bridge is

PD
F

50m. Establishing criteria on small


needed.
Superstructure

Regarding current bridges near planned route, Truss type is mostly accounted in
Supersturcture type. There are two parts in ST Plate Girder bridge but Supersturcture
type that is construted or under construction is mostly PSC beam type.

Ujung Tanjun

ST Plate

via

Warren Truss

Sei Asahan(old bridge)

Sei Asahan(new bridge)


It is mostly used in new
bridge.
This type is newly
established or constructed.
Easy for maintenance

.n

Notice

ee

Most bridges are


There is few constructing
deteriorated
bridge.
Lack of maintenance
Lack of maintenance
Problem in hinge part
Problem in corrosion
which is a weak part
and joints

PSC BEAM

New bridge has maintenance problem therefore


PSC beam which is a kind of concrete largely

ww
w

replaces in constructing new bridge. BEAM is


constructed by ready-made products from factory
Local engineering is largely used in order to
enhance construction ability.

Regarding the condition of superstructure,


Most of deteriorated bridges are Truss bridge. The recognition of maintenance
is low in local area. Weak part of steel bridge could cause problem. Therefore
concrete type that is mainly used in the local area and the way of minimizing
maintenance should be considered in the plan of bridge type.

7-28

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Substructure
Pile bridge

Sei Silau2

Tulang Bawang

Pier under construction

no road name plate

PD
F

Wall/Track

Pile is established in river crossing bridge. The section whose depth is low
uses wall and track type meanwhile the section whose water depth is high
uses pile pier considering construction ability and economic efficiency.
Feature

Collision Protection is established in all bridges in order to prevent collision of


sediments caused by fast water flow and rapid rainfall. This is considered in
bridge construction.

via

Subsidiary facility(bridge bearing and expansion joint)


- There is little maintenance in bridge bearing
and there are settlement and substances in
the bridge bearings. It is hard to find out the
type

of

bridge

bearing.

Shear

key

was

constructed for enhancing earthquake resistant ability.

ee

In this regards, minimizing maintenance of bridge


bearing is better by reducing or excluding
maintenance.

- Although expansion joints keeps expansion joint


gap or installed in expansion joint, joint is

.n

damaged or lose its original function caused


by the lack of maintenance.
As the average temperature is little changed,
the recognition of expansion joint is low in the

ww
w

local area but there could be problem related


to this. Therefore maintenance should be considered.

D. Improving design items local condition


Improvements and application of new technology seek to minimize maintenance
and enhance construction ability and functionality through analyzing local
condition and current bridges.

- Solve the maintenance problem due to reducing the bearing and expansion
joints of bridge

- Improve the enhancing durability of pavement and reducing the bearing of bridge
due to continuous bridge

- Using Precast Deck is improving functionality and construction environment.

7-29

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.2.3 Plan of Bridge

Bridge Type secures construction ability by considering local condition such as local
technology, supply and demand of material, and transportation and minimizes
bridge bearing and expansion.

Improving design and introducing new technology enhances construction ability,


economic efficiency and minimizes maintenance by minimizing expansion, bridge

PD
F

bearing and the number of beam bone

via

A. Composition of bridge

<Figure 7-10> Main bridge cross section

ee

9000
8000

ww
w

.n
500

3000

PAVEMENT
(T=50mm)

MID.

500

fck=40 MPa

500

500

50

CL
SUPPORT

1000

500

4000

<Figure 7-11> Over pass bridge

C
L
12700

750 750

2@3600=7200

1500 500

500 1500

12700
2@3600=7200

CL

SUPPORT

CL
MID.

MID.

<Figure 7-12> Feeder bridge cross section

7-30

SUPPORT

3000

PAVEMENT
(T=50mm)

500

7.2.4 Superstructure Type Plan


A. Set bridge type direction

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Steel bridge needs precise construction engineering and factory production for

quality but it is not good in economic efficiency considering securing local

engineers, material supply and demand, road condition for transportation.


Therefore steel bridge is excluded.

Concrete bridge type used owing to supplying easily material of concrete and steel

PD
F

in local area, various design experience, and convenient use of engineer and equipment.

There is little maintenance in bridge. The bridge type which excludes maintenance
or maintain easily is used as the bridge is deteriorating and the function of
bridge bearing is low.

Bridge type is the type that is made by factory production or minimize maintenance
on the site in order to control quality easily considering local engineering technology.

B. Review of bridge type

via

1) Bridge span length, L15m

The bridge which fulfill the condition of passing under road depending the location

Type

.n

ee

of designing bridge local road crossing and has economic efficiency is applied.

RC Rahmen

RC Slab

ww
w

Overview

Good in construction ability owing to No case in using planned corridor


various design experience
Earthquake resistance caused by
Good in earthquake resistance owing
bridge bearing
Feature
to stiff structure
Need maintenance of bridge bearing
Good in maintenance without operating
and joint
subsidary facility
Proposal Good in function excluding subsidiary facility and various design experience
Good in construction ability and maintenance
reason
Choice

7-31

2) Bridge span length, 20m L 30m

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Crossing feature of the location of bridge erection, function depending on


the size and maintenance are considered

Low girder height type bridge which minimizes elevation rising of road

PD
F

crossing

<Figure 7-13> national road crossing <Figure 7-14> local road crossing <Figure 7-15> railway crossing
Jointless(Semi-Rigid Rahmen)

PSC BEAM

via

Type

Overview

In-Situ Concrete

Crane erection

20m L 30m

20m L 30m

H=0.7~1.00m

H=1.75~2.0m

ee

Method
Span
length
Girder
height

.n

Good in maintenance without expansion Need maintenance of expansion


and bridge bearing

Good performance in earthquake

ww
w

resistance owing th stiff connection

Feature Good in drivability without expansion


joint and minimizing noise

joint and bearing of bridge


Disadvantage on earthquake
resistance
Poor performance in drivability
caused by expansion joint and
causing noise

Low increase of longitude caused


by low girder height

High increase of longitude cased by


high girder height

Exclude expansion and bridge bearing exclude maintenance factors


Proposal
Excellent in earthquake resistance owing to stiff connection structure
reason
Good in application of alignment owing to low girder height
Choice

7-32

ww

Chapter 7 Technical Review

3) Long span bridge(extension, L>45m)


Long span bridge is a continous bridge and most of the bridge is river crossing bridge. Regarding land, there are neighboring obstacles and one part of planned bridge.
The bridge meet under passage condition and is constructed easily. The type which controls quality of functionality and economic efficiency with new technology and maintain easily is used.

w.

ne

ev

<Figure 7-16> river crossing

Type

Comparison no.1(improved PSC BEAM)

iaP

Comparison no.2(ST Box)

Overview

Method

Crane erection

Crane erection

Span
length
Girder
height

30~45m

40~60m

H=1.3~1.9m

1/20~1/24 of span length

Applicability is good by using local


technology.
Construction ability is good due to
simple and repetitive work
On-site manufacturing place can
secure the quality of product.
Maintenance could be minimized
Feature
due to the feature of concrete.
Transportation and erection are
convenient by constructing
manufacturing place
The use and function of this method
is good as stiffness of Beam is high
Economic efficiency is good
according to obtaining material.

Quality control is good owing to


factory manufacturing
Structural ability is good as the
stiffness of bending and twisting.
The condition of obtaining,
procuring, manufacturing, and
transportation is poor.
Skilled labors are needed for
manufacturing precise production.
Sustainable maintenance is need by
periodical painting
The use of low girder height is
poor.
The construction cost is higher than
the cost of using concrete.

Comparison no.3(ST Plate)

DF

<Figure 7-17> Road and railway crossing


<Table 7-5> Consideration in applying birge type
<Table 7-6>

.co

Easy for maintenance

Crane erection
40~50m

1/18~1/21 of span length

Quality management by establishing


factory is good.
It is difficult to procure and produce
material.
Skilled engineers are needed for
precise production.
Periodical painting and continuous
maintenance are needed.
Transportation toward the site is
convenient in the case of small size
separation and manufacturing.
Durability is not good caused by
excessive joints
The construction cost is higher than
the cost of using concrete.

Material supply and demand is convenient, securing quality is possible and there are many construction experiences
Construction ability is good.
Proposal
Constructing birdge bearing and expansion is minimized owing to the application of continuous bridge type
reason
Vehicle drivability, noise, and maintenance are minimized.
There are many bridges using local design of the same type Applicability by using local engineers and integration is good
Choice

Easy for material supply

Considering convenience of
The bridge is possible to minimize
material supply reflecting the
maintenance of structure durability
location condition of bridge
Use concrete type
Use concrete bridge
Easy for erection and transportation < The reason for excluding steel bridge >

Convenience of erection and


transportation considering local
road condition Consider concrete
type that could be established
near BEAM production site

Steel mill and steel business office that


are for manufacturing and establishing
steel are need considering the feature
of steel bridge As the result of local
survey,
manufacturing
and
supplying
material of steel bridge are struggling.
local road width is narrow(2 lanes) and
geometric structure on road line in
curve section and pavement condition
are poor Separating erection and
transportation of large block of steel bridge
are difficult.
Lack of engineers and skilled worker
Manufacturing and erection of steel
bridge is difficult.

Notice) Girder of steel bridge is the girder height comparing to span.

7-33

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

ww
w

.n

ee

via

PD
F

This page intentionally left blank.

7-34

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.2.5 Plan of Substructure


A. Plan of pier

Pier shall be T-type and the bridge crossing main road shall be wall-type,
considering the strength, so as to secure safe and work & cost efficiency
T type pier

Wall type pier

PD
F

Item

Overview

Minimized thickness to secure


widened visibility

Wide structure to secure the


stiffness

via

Minimize area of foundation


Minimize occupied area when the
construction is finished
Feature Low visual blockage owing to
simplification
Good in construction ability as a
single column
Choice

V-GIRDER bridge

Semi-Rigid Rahmen

7.2.6 Plan of Bridge Erection

ee

A. Superstructure erection method

Superstructure construction method is planned to secure construction ability


considering using procurable equipment through analyzing current type bridge
Comparison no.1(Crane installation)

Comparison no.2(Lanuchign girder)

.n

Item

ww
w

Overview

The location of crane and access


plan are needed.
Feature Construction ability is good due to
simple installation
Low construction cost

Proposal
reason
Choice

Minimize the impact on crossing


Construction management like
assembling and disassembling of
equipment is complicated
High construction cost

In crane installation, there are various construction experience and easily


supply equipment.
Good in construction ability and economic efficiency

7-35

B. Plan of temporary road for construction

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

The flow of the river gets faster as it goes to northern section and it is hard to

measure the depth of the river owing to turbid water. The depth would be
deep when it is compared by existing bridge. Considering weather condition, the
water level rapidly increases caused by sudden rainfall during rainy season.

Moreover the river width is large. Securing the section of water flow is needed

<Figure 7-19> Swift current

via

<Figure 7-18> Wide river width

PD
F

under construction.

<Figure 7-20> Water quality of river


Temporary road

.n

Overview

Good in Construction ability and


economic efficiency

Feature Influence on the section of water

ww
w

flow and concern over water pollution

Low construction cost

Choice

Temporary bridge

ee

Item

<Figure 7-21> Pier of current bridge

Bad in construction ability and


economic efficiency
Minimize the influence on the
section of water flow
High construction cost

Small stream whose water level is low Stream whose water level is high and
and width is small

width is large

When temporary road or temporary bridge needs in detouring such as stream

Review
result

construction or detouring traffic, small stream uses temporary road first


meanwhile temporary bridge would be used if the size of stream is big or
the flow is fast considering economic efficiency.

7-36

7.2.7 Summary of bridge


A. Classification by the size of bridge

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

(unit : part/m)

Span Length

South section North section

Feeder

12/180

3/45

3/45

20m L 30m

19/420

17/415

4/95

L > 30m

43/2,625

119/7,325

5/230

Total

74/3,225

139/7,785

12/370

Remark

18/270

40/930

167/10,180

PD
F

L 15m

subtotal

225/11,380

B. Classification by the type of bridge

Span Length

South section North section

Subtotal

12/180

3/45

3/45

18/270

RC

11/220

2/40

1/20

14/280

PC

37/1,940

92/4,985

5/195

134/7,120

V-Girder

14/885

42/2,715

3/110

59/3,710

Total

74/3,225

139/7,785

12/370

225/11,380

Semirigid
Bridge

via

RC RAHMEN

Feeder

(unit : part/m)

Remark

Crossing type
national road
crossing

ee

C. Classification by the bridge erection location

South section North section

(unit : part/m)

Feeder

Subtotal

4/160

6/220

local road crossing

7/140

4/100

11/240

etc.(farm road)
crossing

16/360

12/310

4/65

32/735

main road crossing

28/1,680

76/4,560

2/120

106/6,360

15/650

19/1,470

2/65

36/2,185

1/35

1/35

1/45

1/45

3/135

3/135

1/160

5/260

6/420

5/175

14/710

4/120

23/1,005

74/3,225

139/7,785

12/370

225/11,380

ww
w

.n

2/60

river crossing

railway + etc.
crossing
railway + river
crossing
national road +
river crossing
local road + river
crossing
etc.(farm road) +
river crossing
Total

Remark

over pass +
IC bridge

7-37

D. Classification by the section

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-7> Bridges in South section


Location

Type

Extension
(m)

Remark

MARTAPURA-1

0+721.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

70

road+river

MARTAPURA-2

2+037.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

river

MARTAPURA-3

2+915.00

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

KEKAH-1

3+639.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

40

national road

KEKAH-2

4+082.00

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

river

CAMPANG-1

6+931.00

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

road+river

TULUNGAGUNG

10+261.50

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

GUNUNGAGUNG
DUA-1

15+666.00

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

GUNUNGAGUNG
DUA-2

17+030.50

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

river

TULUNGSEMAK-1

17+493.00

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

road

TULUNGSEMAK-2

18+350.00

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

PAJARGUNUNG

20+253.00

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

SIDANGTERLILIR

23+248.50

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

MANUKRAKAK

24+969.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

70

river

GUNUNGHARAPAN

27+298.50

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

20

local road

KUCING RAMBIMUDI

33+574.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

70

river

BUYUNG PELAWAN

47+902.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

105

river

KIBANGBUDIJAYA

61+464.00

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

20

local road

WAIANDAK

66+073.00

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

river

PAGARBUANA

73+885.00

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

river

INDRALOKA DUA

79+312.00

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

20

local road

GEDUNGBOGA

90+145.80

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

20

national road

HARAPANJAYA-1

98+697.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

40

road

ww
w

.n

ee

via

PD
F

Bridge name

7-38

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Location

Type

Extension
(m)

Remark

HARAPANJAYA-2

99+047.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

road

LEBUNGBUNO-1

103+313.00

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

LEBUNGBUNO-2

104+038.80

V-GIRDER Bridge

80

river

LEBUNGBUNO-3

104+262.30

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

MARGORAHAYU

106+319.00

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

SERDANG PECOH

108+568.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

70

river

SUKAMUKTI

120+426.00

MEKARWANGI

124+796.00

PALEMBANG

125+980.00

MATARAMJAYA

128+854.00

SUKASARI

133+412.70

PEDAMARAN-1

139+810.00

PEDAMARAN-2

147+363.50

TANJUNG-1

155+507.50

TANJUNG-2

158+062.00

TANJUNG-4

KUTARAJA

river

20

local road

20

waterway

20

local road

20

local road

25

waterway

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

road+waterway

25

road+waterway

20

waterway+road

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

162+689.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

40

waterway

166+105.00

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

waterway

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

20

local road

V-GIRDER Bridge

160

local road+river

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

road

178+927.00

SIMPANG KIJANG-1 182+750.00

ww
w

20

via

161+494.00

.n

TANJUNG-5

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

ee

TANJUNG-3

PD
F

Bridge name

SIMPANG KIJANG-2 183+315.00


MENGGALA IC

1+030.45

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

60

road

KAYAUGUNG IC

1+401.50

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

1,680

main road crossing

Over pass bridge(28 sections)


Total

3,225

7-39

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-8> Bridges in North section


Location

Type

Extension
(m)

Remark

WONOREJO-1

7+185.00

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

road+river

WONOREJO-2

11+309.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

45

national
road+waterway

BASI-1

17+569.00

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road+oil pipe

BASI-2

18+531.20

V-GIRDER Bridge

80

road+waterway

BASI-3

25+058.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

105

waterway+local
road+waterway

RANTAUKOPAR-1

28+099.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

road+waterway

RANTAUKOPAR-2

29+796.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

70

road+waterway

RANTAUKOPAR-3

38+446.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

200

river

RANTAUKOPAR-4

38+784.00

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

MANGGALAKOTA-1

43+920.30

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

waterway+road
+waterway

MANGGALAKOTA-2

53+853.10

20

local road

MANGGALAKOTA-3

58+845.40

25

waterway+road

TANAHPUTIH-1

73+594.50

40

river

via

PD
F

Bridge name

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

ee

V-GIRDER Bridge

BAGAN BAKTI-1

93+150.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

40

national road

BAGAN BATU-1

123+418.00

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

PINANG-1

135+059.40

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

20

local road

140+381.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

local road
+waterway

PINANG-3

143+914.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

waterway

PINANG-4

145+866.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

90

road+waterway

PINANG-5

148+464.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

120

river

TANJUNG MEDAN

161+273.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

PANGKATAN-1

175+185.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

45

PANGKATAN-2

177+879.00

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

river

AEK NABARA

181+629.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

105

river

ww
w

.n

PINANG-2

7-40

road+waterway
+road
waterway+local
road+waterway

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Bridge name

Location

Type

Extension
(m)

Remark

SUKARAME

184+090.80

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

river

BANDARSANTOSO

197+813.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

105

river

PEDUMAAN

199+110.10

25

village road

KARANJANYAR

208+975.00

50

river

TAPIANNAULI

220+575.10

25

waterway

MUKATANI

221+331.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

45

road+waterway
+road

KIUALATAN

223+804.30

V-GIRDER Bridge

105

river

PD
F

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

229+809.30

V-GIRDER Bridge

40

PERMANAKAN

235+135.70

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

river

AFDELING-1

253+769.30

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

road+waterway

AFDELING-2

256+242.30

V-GIRDER Bridge

90

river+road

PONOROGO-1

268+866.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

road+railway

PONOROGO-2

268+984.10

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

national road

ee

via

DANAULADI

local
road+waterway
+local road

269+269.30

V-GIRDER Bridge

45

road

SIDATUBATU-1

282+139.92

V-GIRDER Bridge

120

river

SIDATUBATU-2

283+660.30

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

local road+
waterway+local
road+waterway

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

road

25

road+waterway
+road

25

village road

25

village road

25

village road

25

village road

SIDOKEN

289+591.10

PORODOK-1

294+622.20

ww
w

.n

PONOROGO-3

PORODOK-2

296+505.50

AFDELING

299+192.30

RINGANRINGAN

304+122.90

PANOMBEAN

313+429.70

MANGKE-1

316+700.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

ramp(under pass)

MANGKE-2

317+364.60

V-GIRDER Bridge

40

national road

MANGKE-3

317+599.70

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

waterway+road
+waterway

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

7-41

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Bridge name

Location

Type

Extension
(m)

Remark

MOROREJO-1

325+292.60

V-GIRDER Bridge

120

river

MOROREJO-2

325+436.10

V-GIRDER Bridge

45

national road
+waterway

MOROREJO-3

326+913.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

140

river+road

MOROREJO-4

327+840.10

V-GIRDER Bridge

135

river

PERTIMBALAN-1

332+023.20

25

village road

PERTIMBALAN-2

334+841.00

PERTIMBALAN-3

335+001.60

PERTIMBALAN-4
PENGGALANGAN-1

PD
F

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

local road

V-GIRDER Bridge

70

river

338+080.90

V-GIRDER Bridge

45

national road

344+076.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

road+waterway
+road

PENGGALANGAN-2 345+626.20

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

local road

via

25

347+970.90

V-GIRDER Bridge

70

river

PAYA-1

353+106.40

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

waterway

PAYA-2

353+716.70

V-GIRDER Bridge

45

railway +waterway

PAYA-3

353+936.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

45

waterway+national
road+waterway

60

road(B=17.8m)

60

road(B=17.8m)

60

road(B=17.8m)

60

road(B=17.8m)

60

road(B=17.8m)

60

road(B=17.8m)

60

road(B=17.8m)

60

road(B=12.0m)

4,080

main road crossing

DUMAI IC

ee

BINJAI

1+250.49
1+222.77

BAGAN BATU IC

1+260.24

.n

SEDINGINAN IC

3+209.56

RANTAUPRAPAT IC

1+160.00

ww
w

KOTAPINANG IC

KUALAHULU IC

3+764.19

KISARAN IC

1+000.34

TEBING TINGGI IC

2+130.00

Over pass bridge(68 sections)

7-42

Total

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

7,785

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-9> North feeder section


Location

Type

Extension
(m)

Remark

FEEDER-1

0+176.90

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

river

FEEDER-2

0+977.50

RC RAHMEN

15

road

FEEDER-3

1+828.10

RC Rahmen Bridge

15

road

FEEDER-4

2+294.50

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

20

road

FEEDER-5

3+204.70

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

road+waterway
+road

FEEDER-6

4+106.50

V-GIRDER Bridge

35

road+waterway

FEEDER-7

8+250.70

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

road+waterway

FEEDER-8

11+014.50

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

25

road+waterway

FEEDER-9

11+961.00

V-GIRDER Bridge

40

river

FEEDER-10

14+614.00

RC RAHMEN

15

road

INDRAPURA JCT

15+868.60

60

road(B=20.5m)

60

FEEDER crossing

via

PD
F

Bridge name

Over pass bridge(1 section)

Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge
Semi-rigid
Rahmen Bridge

ee

Total

370

7.2.8 Bridge Construction Method

.n

A. Semi-rigid Rahmen bridge

1) Construction method summary

ww
w

RC Semi-rigid rahmen bridge is designed to link existing approach slab to


upper structure to eliminate expansion joint, bearing support and massive
abutment structure so as to remove expansion joint at start & end point of
bridge and constrain the expansion length using the friction between
semi-rigid pile and approach slab and link the upper structure with the
substructure. Thus existing massive inverted T-shape abutment will be
changed to approach slab and continuous structure and girder or haunch will
replace them and girder or haunch will be supported by semi-rigid single pile
and abutment is simplified which simplifies the earth work and wing wall. PSC
Rahmen bridge also reduces positive and negative moment by introducing PS
for use to long span bridge with cost efficient section

7-43

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

ee

via

PD
F

2) Structural features
Exclusion of expansion joint
Ordinary bridge, when appropriate joint gap to accommodate temperature
variation and displacement by drying shrinkage, is vulnerable to the risk of
failure of section by collision of abutment and deck slab due to the
pressure, which causes the damage to expansion joint and allows debris
and eventually the loss of structural function because of accumulated debris
on bearing support and substructure. Such damage to the bridge is the
major cause of increase in maintenance cost. Viewing such problems,
expansion joint will be excluded by introducing jointless connection of
superstructure and substructure which will enhance riding quality as well as
reducing maintenance cost and construction period.
Exclusion of bridge bearing
Elimination of the cause of damage to the bridge and reduction of
maintenance cost and construction schedule could be accomplished in a
way of excluding bearing shoes that functions to accommodate the structure
load, temperature variation, displacement by live load and rotation function.

.n

Multi span structure with approach slab and menagy hinge


To eliminate the expansion joint, approach slab was continuously linked at
deck and abutment section for multi-span consistent bent which is able to
constrain the vertical displacement and accommodate the displacement by
buffer slab at the connection between approach slab and pavement.
Upward deflection of approach slab may occur when a large live load is

ww
w

imposed at the center span, causing the damage to approach slab and
worsened trafficability. Thus Gerber menagy hinge which was designed to
rotate the moment from central span but transfer the shear force only will
be installed to control the upward deflection, thereby preventing the damage
at early stage.
HYDROPHILIC POLYMER RUBBER WATERSTOP
+JOINT FILLER
RUBBER
t=3 mm

Welded fix

200
5050

HINGE(@250)
ACCOMPANYING DRAWING

Steel-bar

VAR.

20

JOINT FILLER
t=20 mm
LEAN CONCRETE(T=100)

200

FOR Rotary Ring

Hinge-ball cap

<Figure 7-22> Structural details of Gerber menage hinge


7-44

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Semirigid pile cap support structure

To accommodate the vertical displacement by temperature variation, its

designed to support by a row of steel pipe and has the structural

mechanism that partially allows axial displacement depending on span,


which causes smaller axial strength of abutment than the abutment of
existing Rahmen and large deflection of positive moment at central span and

moment, and to improve such problem, steel pipe is filled with concrete and

outside the pile is filled with the sand to increase the axial strength so as

PD
F

to control the positive moment and deflection, and to accommodate the


lateral displacement, part of pile will be filled with flexible material together
with a row of pile arrangement.

B. V-GIRDER prestress concrete bridge


1) Construction method summary
V-Girder(Prestressed

Concrete

Section

Girder)

bridge

is

designed

to

comprise PS v-girder and RC deck plate with shear connector to resist the

via

working load. Aesthetic effect of this bridge was significantly improved from
existing I-section by changing to V-section as well as the lateral stiffness so
as to improve the stability against lateral buckling. In addition, the center
girder is part closure was brought into the form box in order to improve the
efficiency and structure to minimize the weight increases, the resistance to the

ee

work load of the public with only one strain. Its the new type of prestress
concrete girder with improved work efficiency.

2) Structural features of the method


Improved aesthetic effect from existing I type concrete girder

.n

It is possible that reduced central girder-high for the point of maximum


bending moment

by minimizing the weight increase and increase structural

rigidity to maximize efficiency. Thus this V-girder is optimized to medium &

ww
w

long span bridge and the river bridge requiring flood freeboard and the
bridge requiring low girder depth.

Maximum length of 1 seg will be limited to 50m to meet the common


requirement for installation.

C. Change of Bridge type


As mentioned in Section 7.2, Bridge types(RC Rahmen, Semi-Rigid Rahmen,
and V-GIRDER bridge) applied in this project were selected optimum bridge
types at Basic Design. Bridge types can be changed similar or better types
by comparison and review on detailed design or construction step.

7-45

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.3 Soft Ground Treatment Plan


7.3.1 Design Summary
A. Objective

Generally soft ground contains more fine particles of clay or silt and comprises
organic clay or peat or loosened sand which is highly compressible with
greater

void but the problems with such soil include excessive settlement by

shear failure of ground by slide.

PD
F

external force (surcharge load, self-load of structure or seismic load) and

According to ground investigation report, soft ground is distributed at banking


section which might cause settlement and shear failure by soil load and
surface load. Thus the design is intended to identify the physical & dynamic
characteristics of the soft ground through lab test of the specimen so as to
develop the optimal soft ground treatment method for securing the stability of

B. Design principle

via

banking material.

Soft ground was classified into ordinary cohesive soil section, swamp and
peat

section

and

reinforcement

was

planned

considering

construction

efficiency, cost efficiency and improvement effect.

Classification

ee

Major considerations in designing the soft ground include the followings.


Item for consideration

.n

Identify ground Identify stratum and ground


characteristics characteristics
Review design Review & determine design
criteria
criteria

Measures
Classification for ground improvement
Develop the design criteria appropriate
to project plan

ww
w

Review the
Evaluate current consolidation state Estimate over consolidation ratio
need of ground
improvement Select the area for ground improvement Select the area for no improvement
Review the need of surface
layer treatment

Design surface
layer treatment Determine surface layer treatment
method
method
Review the stability of surface layer
treatment section
Analyze construction
Design deep
characteristic of the route
layer ground
Determine ground improvement method
improvement
Review consolidation settlement
method
by section
Ground investigation method
Quality
assurance
Instrumentation plan

7-46

Review the method to improve equipment


trafficability.
Determine appropriate surface layer
treatment section
Review the stability after treatment
Review applicable methods
Determine vertical drain material
Determine loading embankment
height & drain interval
Construction management
Construction management

7.3.2 Distribution of Soft Ground

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Based on Indonesian papers and the result of site investigation, soft ground and
its range was determined based on N value 4 and 6 or less in case of boring
test and hardness in case of hand auger, But given the low investigation
frequency this time, additional investigation shall be carried out to identify
distribution of soft ground at detail design stage

the

Classification

PD
F

<Table 7-10> Base for determining soft ground


USA
(FHWA)

Indonesia

Korea
(Korea Highway
Corp)

Application

Type-

Cohesive soil

N = 4 or less

N = 4 or less

qu=50kN/ or

qu=50kN/ or

Sandy
soil

less

via

less

-N = 4 or less

-qu=50kN/ or less

Type-

-N = 6 or less

N = 4 or
less
qu=50kN/
or less

-qu=100kN/ or less

N value

10 or less

10 or less

10 or less

10 or less

Relative
density(%)

40 or less

40 or less

ww
w

.n

ee

Note) Type- : soft soil thickness less than 10m, Type- : 10m or more
Soft ground was determined considering ground characteristics and empirical judgment.

7-47

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

A. South section

Distribution of soft ground identified based on investigation (boring test at 3


points and hand auger at 5 points) is as follows

<Table 7-11> Distribution of soft ground in South section

44+620~45+350

0.73

45+690~46+380

0.69

47+110~47+750

0.64

48+700~52+350

3.65 HAB-02

Top

106+900~109+400 2.50 SBB-05


111+000~111+300

0.30

121+150~121+950

0.80

118+250~120+750 2.50 SBB-06

10.0

Soft clay

Banking
height
(m)
0.0~8.26

10.0

Soft clay

0.0~6.23

10.0

Soft clay

0.0~3.59

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

0.0~7.28

5.0

5.0

Swamp

2.7~3.58

5.0

5.0

Swamp

2.26~6.44

5.0

5.0

Swamp

2.58~5.89

2.5

2.5

5.0

Up: Clay
Below: Peat

0.0~8.13

2.5

2.5

Peat

0.0~5.12

3.0

3.0

Soft clay

0.0~4.83

soft

Soil

apply

PD
F

L
(km)

104+800~105+250 0.45

Bore
hole

Layer thickness (m)

Location

129+150~129+650 0.50

2.5

2.5

Swamp

2.5

2.5

Swamp

1.72~7.62

130+600~131+050 0.45

via

122+200~124+500 2.30 HAB-07

148+500~152+500 4.00 HAB-10

1.0

5.0<

10.0

5.0

Peat

2.56~6.21

3.25<

8.0

Peat

1.14~4.14

7.5

7.5

Swamp

2.19~6.82

7.5

7.5

Soft clay

2.39~8.85

171+000~175+900 4.90 HAB-11 2.75


179+250~180+900 1.65

180+900~184+000 3.10 SBB-07

Peat
Map
Swamp
Map

31.56

.n

Total

Swamp
Map

4.35~7.29 Swamp
Map
4.3~7.7

Top: Peat
Below: soft
clay

ee

166+200~168+600 2.40

Note

Note1) Considering hand auger depth (6m), 10m depth was applied to soft ground
Note2) SBB : South Bridge Boring, HAB : Hand Auger Boring

ww
w

<Table 7-12> Soft ground in South section

Soft layer
(m)

Banking
height (m)

3m

3~5m

5m or more

10m

Total
Extreme
Extreme
Extreme
Extreme (m)
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
soft
soft
soft
soft

3.0 or less 2,040

3,045

5,480 8,140

18,705

2,840 2,200

8,205

2,470

4.650

8,950 12,810

31,560 185,895 17.0%

3.0~5.0

260

75

2,830

5.0~10.0

875

675

Total (m)

2,300

950

6,550

630

Note) Its classified into soft (Soft Clay) and very soft (Swamp, Peat)

7-48

Total
length Rate
(m)

B. North section

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Distribution of soft ground identified based on investigation (boring test at 6


points and hand auger at 13 points) is as follows

<Table 7-13> Distribution of soft ground in north section


Layer thickness (m)

L
(km)

Bore
hole

0+000~0+500

0.50

HB-01

0+900~1+340

0.44

1+970~2+340

0.37

Soil

Top

9+000~22+200

13.20 NBB-01

41+400~43+600

2.20

HB-04

57+400~58+800

1.40

HB-06

72+300~72+450

0.15 NSB-01

72+810~75+760

2.74

76+260~76+400

0.14

76+400~77+100

0.52

83+910~84+700

Apply

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

5.33

10.0

Soft clay

2.35

2.5

2.5

Peat

2.58~6.43

13.0

13.0

Peat

1.15~8.82

6.0<

10.0

Peat

1.18~5.23

6.0<

10.0

Peat

1.27~7.79

10.0

10.0

Peat

5.38

10.0

10.0

Peat

5.54

via

Soft

PD
F

Location

Banking
height
(m)

10.0

10.0

Peat

1.53~2.07

10.0

10.0

Swamp

4.45

0.57* HB-07

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

11.96

85+000~85+640

0.64

10.0

Soft clay

4.24

86+150~87+400

10.0

Soft clay

3.19

ee

1.01

0.36

10.0

Soft clay

6.92

89+600~91+240

0.87

10.0

Soft clay

5.53

92+150~92+530

0.38

10.0

Soft clay

10.27

92+850~93+500

0.65

10.0

Soft clay

9.60

6.0<

10.0

Swamp

1.81~3.99

.n

87+770~88+130

0.35

96+600~97+050

0.45 NSB-02

1.0

1.0

Soft clay

0.73~1.72

97+050~97+550

0.50

6.0<

10.0

Swamp

3.49

97+550~98+320

0.77

HB-08

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

3.05

99+180~100+050

0.87

10.0

Soft clay

5.67

100+610~101+750

1.14

10.0

Soft clay

5.51

102+200~102+500 0.30

10.0

Soft clay

4.22

102+850~103+320 0.47

10.0

Soft clay

3.56

103+620~103+930 0.31

10.0

Soft clay

5.42

104+100~104+550 0.45

10.0

Soft clay

3.60

105+700~106+100 0.40

10.0

Soft clay

7.70

ww
w

96+250~96+600

Note

Peat
Map

Swamp
Map

Swamp
Map
Swamp
Map

Note) Considering cut slope sections

7-49

L
(km)

Location

Bore
hole

Layer thickness (m)


Top

Soft

Apply

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Soil

Banking
height
(m)

10.0

Soft clay

5.63

107+650~108+000 0.35

10.0

Soft clay

4.33

122+980~124+040 1.06

HB-09

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

9.95

124+430~126+350 1.92

10.0

Soft clay

4.07

126+720~127+000 0.28

10.0

Soft clay

6.61

142+800~143+090 0.29

HB-10

143+380~146+800 3.42

146+800~148+700 1.90 NBB-04

148+700~149+200 0.50

162+700~165+380 2.68

HB-11

165+650~166+800 1.15

184+200~186+800 2.60
202+800~206+800 4.00
213+600~214+800

10.0

Soft clay

6.48

10.0

Soft clay

4.22

7.5

7.5

Soft clay

3.38

7.5

7.5

Swamp

1.57~3.23

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

6.84

10.0

Soft clay

9.84

8.0

10.5

Top: Peat
Below: Soft
clay

3.45

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

2.39

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

7.08

>1.0

0.0

Peat

1.24~3.08

4.5

4.5

Peat

1.17~2.56
3.68

ee

218+500~220+400 1.90

2.5

6.0<

via

180+200~184+200 4.00 NBB-05

PD
F

106+790~107+080 0.29

0.5

15.0

15.5

Top: Peat
Below: Soft
clay

HB-14

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

0.98~2.69

226+800~228+200 1.40

6.0<

10.0

Peat

1.41~2.49

242+800~246+800 4.00

HB-15

2.0

2.0

Soft clay

0.0~6.6

262+800~266+800

HB-16

1.0

0.0

Soft clay

282+350~286+350 4.00

HB-17

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

0.0~8.11

302+800~306+800 4.00

HB-18

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

0.0~8.51

342+800~346+800 4.00

HB-20

6.0<

10.0

Soft clay

0.0~9.07

222+100~224+500 2.40 NBB-06

ww
w

.n

224+500~226+800 2.30

Total

80.59

Note1) Considering hand auger depth (6m), 10m depth was applied to soft ground
Note2) NBB : North Bridge Boring, NSB : North Soft Boring, HAB : Hand Auger Boring

7-50

Note

Swamp
Map

Peat
Map

Peat
Map

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-14> Soft ground in north section


Soft layer
(m)

3m

5m
Very
soft

Normal
Banking
height (m)
3.0 or less
2,790
3.0~5.0
1,380
5.0~10.0
280
Total (m)
4,450

Normal

5m or more
Very
soft
1,900

31,360
8,520
6,890
1,900 46,770

19,250 55,300
5,470 15,660
2,380
9,630
27,100 80.590

353,948 22.8%

PD
F

290
80
370

10m

Very
soft

Normal

Total
length
(m)

Total
(m)

Note) Its classified into soft (Soft Clay) and extreme soft (Swamp, Peat)

C. Determination of soft ground section for review

Soft ground section was reviewed separately for ordinary clay section comprising
silt and clay and for swamp & peat section, referring to soft soil layer
thickness, banking height and N value.

via

South section

<Table 7-15> Determination of soft ground section for review in South section
Soft layer
depth (m)

Classification
0+000~111+300
118+250~End

Review

Note

3, 5, 10

settlement,
sliding

TS-1~3

10

3, 5, 10

settlement,
sliding

TS-4~6

3, 5, 10

sliding

TS-7~9

7.5

3, 5, 10

structural
analysis

TS-10~12

10

ee

Ordinary
clay

Embankment Number of
height (m)
section

.n

Swamp, Peat

Note 1) Pile slab was applied when soft soil layer is 5m or more in Swamp and Peat section.
Note 2) Excavation replacement(TS-13) was applied when soft soil layer is less than 3m.

ww
w

North section

<Table 7-16> Determination of soft ground section for review in north section

Classification

Soft layer
depth (m)

Embankment
height (m)

Number of
section

Review

Note

Clay soil

3, 5, 10

3, 5, 10

settlement,
sliding

TN-1~9

3, 5

3, 5, 10

sliding

TN-10~15

10, 13

3, 5, 10

structural
analysis

TN-16~21

Swamp, Peat

Note) Pile slab was applied when soft soil layer is 5m or more in Swamp and Peat section.

7-51

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.3.3 Geotechnical Property


A. Determination of consolidation condition

Standard consolidation test result of undisturbed sample is as follows:

<Table 7-17> Consolidation condition as a result of standard consolidation test


OCR scope

OCR average

Consolidation

Southern

3.74~10.87

6.98

over consolidation

Northern

1.64~6.00

Note

PD
F

Classification

2.76

over consolidation

Consolidation condition was approximately estimated referring to liquidity index


(LI) of soil.

<Table 7-18> Consolidation condition by LI


Category

Sensitive clay

Liquidity index
(LI)

LI > 1

Regular
Over
Extremely
consolidated clay consolidated clay consolidated clay

via

LI = 0.61.0

LI = 0.00.6

LI < 0

<Table 7-19> Determination of consolidation condition by physical characteristics


Water
content
(wn, %)

Liquid Plasticity Liquidity


limit
index
index
(PL, %)
(PI)
(LI)

Category

Depth
(m)

SBB-3

1.75

CH

26.56

23.58

26.52

0.110

over
consolidated

SBB-5

3.75

MH

88.478

57.19

79.81

0.392

SBB-6

3.75

OH

83.640

54.71

83.29

0.347

.n

ee

USCS

Judgment

1.75

MH

53.244

43.53

53.05

0.183

NSB-1

0.75

CH

22.314

24.75

27.85

-0.087

8.75

Pt

140.369

81.63

105.07

0.560

11.75

CH

30.731

23.58

39.32

0.180

1.75

CH

49.632

40.61

51.69

0.170

5.75

CH

44.585

39.48

48.22

0.100

1.75

OH

112.480

60.45

98.25

0.52

5.75

OH

96.692

60.58

77.22

0.47

ww
w

SBB-7

NBB-1

Note

Extremely
consolidated
Over
consolidated

NBB-5

NBB-6

As a result of reviewing consolidation condition by LI, entire route was over


consolidated as indicated by standard consolidation test result.

7-52

B. Geotechnical property of soft ground

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Ground parameter for soft ground was determined by applying the test value
of undisturbed sample with N value 4 or less and 6 or less.

When it comes to shear strength, N value and shear strength are usually in
proportional relationship but no relationship was found from this test value.
Thus, shear strength using N value was applied.
South section

Soft soil layer was not relatively deep in South section and thus soft ground

PD
F

was divided into two sections and Swamp & Peat section was separated.
<Table 7-20> Geotechnical property in South section
Classification

Uunit weight (kN/) Cohesion (kPa) Internal frictional angle ()

Banking soil

17.08

23.0

Soil Parameters
-

Groundwater level (GL.-)

14.24

TS-1~3

TS-4~6

TS-9~12

SBB-5

SBB-7

SBB-6

via

Bore-hole

Note

0.5

0.0

0.0

3.75

1.75

3.75

88.075

53.341

83.543

kN/

14.15

16.31

15.05

Undrained shear strength, cu

kPa

25.0

18.0

Drained shear strength, ccu

kPa

1.0

Internal frictional angle, cu

Deg.

6.82

2.6085

26.128

26.016

kPa

77.0

12.0

12.0

Over consolidation ratio, OCR

3.74

10.87

6.34

Compression index, Cc

1.24

0.48

1.00

Recompression index, Cr

0.124

0.048

0.100

Secondary compression index, Ca

0.009

0.005

0.008

Intensity increase rate, m

0.405

0.306

0.418

Consolidation coefficient, Cv

c/min

5.46410-2

6.41210-2

3.20410-2

Volume compression index, mv

c/kg

10.97610

Permeability coefficient, k

cm/sec

1.0010

Sampling depth (GL.-)


Water content, w

ee

Unit weight, rt

.n

Specific gravity, Gs

ww
w

Preconsolidation load, Pc

-2

-7

-2

4.65410

-8

4.9710

-2

5.96410

-8

3.1810

Initial void ratio, e0

3.413

1.373

2.636

Void ratio after consolidation, ef

2.214

0.981

2.816

7-53

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

North section

Soft soil layer was relatively deep and less deviation of design parameter in
north section and thus design parameter by depth was adopted and Swamp
& Peat section separately

<Table 7-21> Geotechnical property in north section

unit weight (kN/) Cohesion (kPa) Internal frictional angle ()

banking soil

16.93

20.6

Ordinary soft ground (TN-1~9)


Soil Parameters
0 ~ 5m
-

NBB-5

Groundwater level
(GL.-)

0.75

Sampling depth(GL.-)

1.75

Water content, w

50.615

Unit weight, rt

Specific gravity, Gs

0 ~ 5m

5 ~ 10m

NBB-5

NBB-1

NBB-6

NBB-1

0.75

0.2

0.5

0.2

5.75

11.75

1.75

8.75

45.345

30.979

113.098

140.719

16.92

17.28

18.09

13.80

12.55

kPa

12.0

31.0

12.0

kPa

1.0

2.0

Deg.

2.46

3.05

2.6146

2.6133

2.6056

2.5982

112.0

143.0

70.0

87.0

2.35

1.64

6.0

3.58

0.64

0.25

1.67

1.02

0.064

0.025

0.167

0.102

0.005

0.003

0.011

0.014

0.288

0.256

0.474

0.499

2.6128

.n

Preconsolidation load, kPa


110.0
Pc
Over consolidation
5.61
ratio, OCR
Compression index,
0.44
Cc
Recompression index,
0.044
Cr
Secondary
compression index,
0.005
Ca
Intensity increase
0.301
rate, m
Consolidation
-2
c/min 5.1810
coefficient, Cv

ww
w

10m or
more

kN/

ee

Undrained shear
strength, cu
Drained shear
strength, ccu
Internal frictional
angle, cu

Volume compression
index, mv

c/kg 5.49810

Permeability
coefficient, k

cm/sec 4.7510

-2

-8

-2

8.83510

-2

2.25210

4.09710

6.99810

-8

-2

3.06110

-2

15.93910

-8

-2

6.3410

-2

7.42710

-8

-2

-2

-8

4.7810

3.3210

8.1310

7.8510

3.093

3.952

Initial void ratio, e0

1.443

1.301

0.948

Void ratio after


consolidation, ef

1.040

0.755

0.758

7-54

Swamp, Peat
(TN-10~21)

5 ~ 10m

via

Bore-hole

Note

12.67

PD
F

Classification

7.3.4 Soft Ground Review Criteria


A. Soft ground design criteria

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

For designing rational and safe road, review of Indonesian design criteria was
carried out for application based on experience with design & application of
international standard and Korean expressway.
And

design criteria

that could

be

incorporated

into

detail design

was

PD
F

proposed, taking into account of regional characteristics, safety and running.


Base of settlement

According to review of Indonesian & Korean standard, the cost would increase
when

applying

residual

settlement

standard

underconstruction

and

after

construction. The standard was based on condition after construction. Thus


overlaying at 5-7 year cycle (service life of asphalt) would be appropriate
maintenance interval

Indonesia

Banking
Culvert,
box

during loading :
U=90% or more
after loading :
20mm/y or less

USA (TRB)

Korea
(Korea Highway Corp)

30cm ~ 60cm
(hard & soft
pavement)

10cm
15 ~ 30cm

Application
20mm/year or
less
10cm or less

ee

Item

via

<Table 7-22> Allowable residual settlement standard

Note) MSRI GeoGuide 4 : MSRI Guide No : Pt T-10-2002-B, Road Embankments on Soft Soil,
GeoGuide 4, Design and Construction, Ministry of Settlement and
Regional Infrastructure

Banking pace

.n

banking pace is dependent on construction schedule, ground characteristics


and improvement method. In case of domestic highway or expressway, its usually
0.93.0m/month and 0.9m/month was applied to the project considering soft

ww
w

ground condition.

<Table 7-23> Banking pace on soft ground


Soil condition

Banking pace Application

Thick clay and peat layer with thick organic soil

0.9m/M

Ordinary clay soil

1.5m/M

Thin clay and peat layer with few organic soil

3.0m/M

Overburden load
Traffic load determined according to Indonesian standard was converted to

unit weight of banking material and applied to final banking height.

7-55

<Table 7-24> Traffic load


Traffic loading(kPa)
Classification Road Class Road Class Road Class

Traffic load

15.0

12.0

12.0

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Application

Note

Road Class MSRI GeoGuide 4 p.48

Load of pavement material was converted to unit weight of banking material


and applied to final banking height.

Classification

PD
F

<Table 7-25> Load of pavement material


Unit weight Thickness Weight
(kN/)
(m)
(kN)

Total
(kPa)

Note

23.5

0.30

23.5

Lean Concrete

22.0

0.10

22

Aggregate Base
class-A

19.0

0.15

19

south

17.08

0.55

9.39

9.39

P=12.1-9.39=2.7(kPa)

north

16.93

0.55

9.31

9.31

P=12.1-9.31=2.8(kPa)

Banking
load

via

Rigid Pavement

12.1

Surface load was converted to banking height as follows


<Table 7-26> Load applied

Surface load (kN/)

Surface load height (m)

Traffic
load

Increased
pavement
load

Total

Banking
weight
(kN/)

Load
height

Road Class

15.0

2.7

17.7

17.08

1.04

Road Class

15.0

2.8

17.8

16.93

1.05

Category

South
North

ee

Location

Note

.n

Application of overburden load


Overburden load is classified into 4 cases and Case 3 which satisfied all

ww
w

load conditions was applied to this design.

Category
Case 1

Case 2

Case 3
Case 4

7-56

Load condition

Design standard & case

Applic
ation

Korea Highway Corp


Guideline for road design
(2009)

banking load + pavement load


banking load + pavement load+settled
soil load
banking load + pavement load+ traffic
load + settled soil load
banking load + pavement load+ traffic
load

Construction duration

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Construction duration for soft ground improvement is estimated as follows:


Activity

Duration (month)

Preparation &

2.0

site levelling
Soft ground improvement

36.0

Note

Banking for soft ground and

PD
F

surcharge require 36

Appurtenant work and

months in maximum

10.0

completion
Total

48.0

Slope standard safety factor

As a result of analyzing Indonesian and Korean standard, its applied as

Classification

via

follows:
Indonesia

long -term

Korea
(Korea Highway Corp )

Application

Fs1.3

Fs1.4

Fs1.1

Fs1.1

Fs1.4

ee

short term

Indonesian standard is applied in case of long term safety factor, and Korean
standard is adopted in case of short term safety factor because indonesian

ww
w

.n

standard is not clear.

7-57

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

B. Settlement review method


Principle

A long-term settlement occurs when loading is imposed to clay layer with


low permeability coefficient and the settlement is classified as follow depending
on load condition and time.
Category
Immediate
(Si)

Settlement pattern

Settlement estimate

Soil

Immediately after loading


Sandy soil : by N value
sandy
Settlement finished during
(De Beer)
soil,
construction
Clay soil : by deformation modulus clay soil

PD
F

Primary
Settlement due to pore water
consolidation
Detail review (mv, Cc method)
discharge during construction
(Sc)
Secondary
A long-term settlement in
Detail review through a
consolidation
the form of creep
long-term consolidation test
(Ss)

cohesive
soil
cohesive
soil

Immediate settlement is not considered consolidation settlement and the scale

via

very small, and the settlement is finished during construction which is thus
excluded from total settlement time and volume.
Consolidation settlement is generally divided into primary settlement and secondary
settlement which have effect on residual settlement. So ground stability against
consolidation settlement was reviewed through the primary & secondary
consolidation settlement and the secondary consolidation settlement was

ee

considered 20 years after using, taking into account of life cycle of the
facility.
Estimate of the primary consolidation settlement
<Table 7-27> Estimate of the primary consolidation settlement
Compression index (Cc)

Volume compression
index (mv)

Initial void ratio (eo)

The error is high


because mv dispersion
is high in over
consolidation territory
but in regular
consolidation territory,
its relatively good

Theoretical method
which is difficult to
estimate the settlement
when e-log P curve
dispersion is greater
because of many test
data.

.n

Category

ww
w

Summary

Features

Choice

7-58

Cc is indicated in
straight line in relation
with e-logP but it is
indicated in S form by
actual load and thus it
may be overestimated
when Cc dispersion is
greater.

Estimate of the secondary consolidation settlement

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

The secondary consolidation following the primary consolidation indicated


almost straight line behavior in log(time)-settlement relation and reportedly the

larger the organic content and the thicker the soft soil layer the greater the
settlement volume. The secondary consolidation coefficient (C) which is the

gradient of this straight line is determined by using natural water content and
the secondary consolidation settlement is calculated by following equation.

Secondary consolidation settlement

PD
F

<Table 7-28> Estimate of secondary consolidation settlement


Estimate

where, SS :

via

C :
Ht :

secondary consolidation
settlement
secondary
consolidation
coefficient
clay layer thickness (m) after
primary consolidation

tsec : Secondary consolidation time


tp :

Primary

consolidation

finish

time

ww
w

.n

ee

Secondary consolidation coefficient to water content

7-59

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Estimate of underground stress

Increased load by banking load varies depending on depth and location and
thus underground stress increase(

) was estimated using Osterberg theory

which is automatically applied by program.

<Table 7-29> Estimate of underground stress


Distribution of underground stress by
Osterberg

PD
F

Diagram and equation

via

where, a : slope width, b : road width


z : depth,

: unit weight

ee

Estimate of settlement duration

After estimating time coefficient (

) for average degree of consolidation(

using an one-dimension Terzaghi theory, time

required for consolidation

)
is

calculated.

ww
w

.n

Terzaghi one-dimension consolidation theory

7-60

where,

t : consolidation time,
Tv :
time coefficient
H : drain distance (H/2 for drain
at both sides)
:
average
consolidation
Cv
coefficient (cm/sec)
Average degree of consolidation : in case
of 0 < U < 53%

Average degree of consolidation : in case


of 53 < U < 100%

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

C. Review of stability against sliding

Review method Embankment for road formation shall be carried out by forming

the slope depending on banking method, location and its process. The
problem may occur due to slope shear strength, irrespective of bearing force.
Thus the method analyzing it as circular arc by sliced method is commonly

used for slope design. The typical methods among them are Fellenius method
(or

Swedish

method)

and

Bishops

Simplified

method(Modified

Bishop

method). Accuracy of these two methods is as follows (see Analytical

PD
F

Computer method in foundation engineering by Joseph E.Bowles p.463) The

analysis by Bishops method is much closer to the real value than Fellenius
method.

<Table 7-30> Comparison of safety factors(Whitman and Bailey (1967)


Accurate

Simplified Bishop

Fellenius

1.58 1.62

1.61

1.49

1.24 1.26

1.33

1.09

0.73 0.78

0.70 0.82

0.66

2.01 2.03

2.00

1.14

via

Example No.

3
4

ee

Bishop method is also not the right answer because of assumption to obtain
the answer in hydrostatic way but the safety factor obtained by this method
was very similar to the real value (Kim, Sang-gyu, soil dynamicstheory &
application,

Cheongmungak

P.375)

and

considering

the

cost

efficiency,

Bishops Simplified method (Modified Bishop) was used and the equation is

ww
w

.n

as below.

<Figure 7-23> Simplified Bishop method

7-61

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

In this review, SLOPE/W" developed by Canadian Geo-Slope was used and

analysis theory to which the Program is applicable is Oridinary or Fellenius,

Bishop's simplified, Janbu's simplified, Spencer, MorgensterTN-Price, Corp of


engineering,

Lowe-Karafiath,

GLE(Generalized

limit

equilibrium)

and

load

conditions including ground surface pressure, concentrated load, tensile


crack, anchor and nail, reinforcement soil and seismic load and unsaturated
soil and undrained tensile strength could be considered in stability analysis.

PD
F

Review of stability of step embankment by banking limit

- Slope stability evaluation was conducted to determine the embankment on


soft ground and for the section which failed to meet allowable safety factor
1.2, banking height limit was estimated by circular slip method and banking
method was applied by phase.

- Step embankment is to complete up to certain height and leave it for


consolidation for a certain period till ground is strengthened to certain level
before proceeding with following banking process, which is suitable when

via

sufficient period is available.

- Increase in shear strength of ground by embankment load was estimated by


following equation.

where,

Co

Cohesion (Mpa) increased by step embankment

Initial cohesion (Mpa)

ww
w

.n

7-62

ee

increase of undrained

shear strength

Degree of consolidation (%)


Load factor by banking
load

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.3.5 Evaluation of Soft Ground without Reinforcement


A. Consolidated settlement

Consolidated settlement of soft ground was estimated but not in swamp and
peat of which shear strength is too low to do banking.
South section

Settlement of TS-1~3 of which compression index was greater was larger than

PD
F

the settlement of TS-4~6

<Table 7-31> Settlement in South section


Bank
height
(m)

Traffic
load
height
(m)

Settlement
soil
height
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

Consolidated
settlement
(cm)

3.0

1.04

0.43

4.47

42.93

5.0

1.04

0.86

6.90

86.36

TS-3

10.0

1.04

1.48

12.52

147.68

TS-4

3.0

1.04

0.10

4.14

10.31

5.0

1.04

0.13

6.17

12.88

10.0

1.04

0.17

11.21

17.02

Cohesive soil
Category
thickness (m)
TS-1

TS-5

10.0

via

TS-2

10.0

TS-6

ee

North section

Note

It indicated the thicker the soft soil layer the larger the settlement
<Table 7-32> Settlement in north section
Traffic
load
height
(m)

Settlement
soil
height
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

Consolidated
settlement
(cm)

3.0

1.05

0.12

4.17

11.82

5.0

1.05

0.20

6.25

20.23

TN-3

10.0

1.05

0.33

11.38

33.32

TN-4

3.0

1.05

0.06

4.11

6.31

5.0

1.05

0.16

6.21

15.87

TN-6

10.0

1.05

0.37

11.42

36.91

TN-7

3.0

1.05

0.11

4.16

11.40

5.0

1.05

0.36

6.41

36.11

10.0

1.05

0.82

11.87

82.44

TN-1

3.0

ww
w

TN-2

.n

Bank
Cohesive soil
Category
height
thickness (m)
(m)

TN-5

TN-8
TN-9

5.0

10.0

Note

7-63

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

B. Evaluation of residual settlement without reinforcement

Residual settlement (20mm/y, 100mm or less)at soft ground section was evaluated
and the section requiring reinforcement was determined.
South section

Consolidation acceleration will be required to TS-1~3 and TS-6 where larger


settlement occurred.

<Table 7-33> Residual settlement in South section

4.47

13.01 15.35 2.34

N.G

42.93 13.01 29.92 N.G

needed

6.90

25.57 30.38 4.81

N.G 86.36 25.57 60.79 N.G

needed

TS-3

12.52

39.28 48.27 8.99

N.G 147.68 39.28 108.4 N.G

needed

TS-4

4.14

3.39

O.K

6.17

via

TS-1

PD
F

Residual settlement
Residual settlement
Cohesive
20mm/y (cm)
100mm (cm)
Bank
Need of
soil
Section
height
consolidation
Total
Residual
thickness
Settle
(m)
36 M 48M
Judge settle 36M settle Judge acceleration
(m)
ment
ment
ment

TS-2

10.0

TS-5

10.0

TS-6

11.21

North section

4.00

0.61

3.39

6.92

O.K Not needed

8.72

O.K Not needed

4.16

4.93

0.77

O.K

12.88

4.16

5.08

6.17

1.09

O.K

17.02

5.08 11.94 N.G

ee

Consolidation acceleration is required for


high

10.31

needed

TN-3, 6, 8, 9 where embankment is

<Table 7-34> Residual settlement in North section

4.17

10.36

11.12

0.76

O.K

10.36

1.46

O.K Not needed

6.25

17.28

18.81

1.53

O.K 20.23 17.28

2.95

O.K Not needed

TN-3

11.38

27.37 30.47

3.10

N.G 33.32 27.37

5.95

O.K

TN-4

4.11

3.71

4.32

0.61

O.K

6.31

3.71

2.60

O.K Not needed

6.21

9.17

10.73

1.56

O.K

15.87

9.17

6.70

O.K Not needed

19.48 23.53

4.05

N.G

36.91 19.48 17.43 N.G

ww
w

TN-1

.n

Residual settlement
Residual settlement
Cohesive
20mm/y (cm)
100mm (cm)
Bank
Need of
soil
Section
height
consolidation
Total
Residual
thickness
Settle
(m)
36 M 48M
Judge settle 36M settle Judge acceleration
(m)
ment
ment
ment

TN-2

TN-5

3.0

5.0

11.82

needed

TN-6

11.42

TN-7

4.16

3.17

3.74

0.57

O.K

11.40

3.17

8.23

6.41

9.85

11.68

1.83

O.K

36.11

9.85

26.26 N.G

needed

11.87

22.60 27.26

4.66

N.G 82.44 22.60 59.84 N.G

needed

TN-8
TN-9

7-64

10.0

needed

O.K Not needed

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

C. Evaluation of stability against slope sliding

When slope safety factor (Fs>1.2) was not obtained from embankment, step
embankment was planned to secure the stability against slope sliding but for

swamp and peat area where slope stability couldnt be expected, treatment
method was considered.
Review of limit of embankment height by section

<Table 7-35> Review of limit of embankment height


H=4m

H=5m

H=6m

H=7m

H=8m

Safety
factor

PD
F

Height
H=3m
Section

Applied

Section

Bank
height
(m)

Overburde
nload
height(m)

Settlement
soil
height
(m)

Total
height
(m)

Height
limit
(m)

TS-1

3.0

1.04

0.13

4.47

1.897

at once

TS-2

5.0

1.04

0.26

6.90

1.352

at once

TS-3

10.0

TS-4

3.0

TS-5

5.0

TS-6

10.0

TS-1~3

1.414

1.225

1.089

1.100

7.9m

TS-4~6

1.241

1.051

0.917

1.100

5.7m

TN-1~3

1.347

1.113

0.992

1.100

5.1m

north TN-4~6

1.479

1.152

0.964

1.100

4.2m

TN-7~9

1.488

1.180

0.984

1.100

4.4m

south

South section

Note

ee

via

<Table 7-36> Review of residual settlement in South section


Safety
factor at Embankment
once (Fs)

1.04

0.39

12.52

0.736

step

1.04

0.34

4.14

1.387

at once

1.04

0.42

6.17

0.925

step

1.04

0.51

11.21

0.622

step

Note

7.9

5.7

.n

North section

<Table 7-37> Review of residual settlement in north section

Bank
height
(m)

Total
height
(m)

Safety
factor at
once (Fs)

Embank
ment

TN-1

3.0

1.05

0.10

4.17

1.305

at once

TN-2

5.0

1.05

0.17

6.25

0.981

step

TN-3

10.0

1.05

0.27

11.38

0.753

step

TN-4

3.0

1.05

0.04

4.11

1.129

at once

TN-5

5.0

1.05

0.09

6.21

0.793

step

TN-6

10.0

1.05

0.19

11.42

0.582

step

TN-7

3.0

1.05

0.03

4.16

1.160

at once

TN-8

5.0

1.05

0.10

6.41

0.766

step

TN-9

10.0

1.05

0.23

11.87

0.564

step

ww
w

Section

Overburde Settlement
n load soil height
height(m)
(m)

Height
limit
(m)

Note

5.1

4.2

4.4

7-65

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.3.6 Review of Soft Ground Improvement Method


A. Determination of treatment method
Basic direction

Expected problems during banking soft ground include equipment trafficability,


ground failure and failure of pavement because of continuous settlement after

loading. Equipment trafficability shall be considered and treatment against


movement at swamp & peat area are also required.
during

and

after

loading

PD
F

Treatment method is to secure the stability of the earthwork and structure


and

thus

ground

condition

and

mechanical

characteristics shall also be considered.

<Table 7-38> Soft ground improvement method


Item Activity
substi
tution

Method
excavation replacement
forced replacement

Type of soil

to prevent sliding failure,


reduce settlement and
shear deformation

cohesive soil
organic soil

via

Pre - Loading

Objective

Sand Drain
vertical
drain

Pack Drain

de-wa
tering g/water
level

Plastic Drain
Well Point

Deep Well

ee

lowering

consolidation acceleration
ground strength increase
sliding failure prevention

cohesive soil
organic soil
sandy soil

Sand compaction Pile


Vibroflotation

.n

comp
action

Vibrotamper

settlement reduction
liquefaction prevention
sliding failure prevention

sandy soil

crushed stone Pile

cohesive soil,
sandy soil

Dynamic consolidation

cohesive soil

ww
w
solidifi
cation

sandy soil
cohesive soil

quicklime Pile

Ground
improve
ment

cohesive soil
organic soil

lime deep mixing


cement deep mixing
spray agitation
freezing

sliding failure prevention


settlement reduction
shear deformation
prevention ground piping
prevention

cohesive soil
cohesive soil,
sandy soil

Each method has own characteristic and the method shall be determined
considering cost and construction efficiency, besides the effect. Thus each
method has to be combined considering ground condition and construction &
surrounding condition.

7-66

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-39> Combination of soft ground improvement method


Objective

Improvement measures
Surface stabilization + step embankment

Sand Compaction Pile + step embankment


Sliding prevention
stone column + step embankment

PD
F

deep mixing + step embankment

surcharge + Vertical Drain + step embankment

Settlement
Sand Compaction Pile + Vertical Drain + step embankment
acceleration
+
stone column + Vertical Drain + step embankment
sliding prevention

via

high strength Mat + Vertical Drain + step embankment

Determination of improvement method

- As the measure to deal with ground sliding failure and consolidation


settlement, the combination such as PVD(Prefabricated Vertical Drain) +
step embankment and DCM(Deep Cement Mixing) + step embankment

ee

would be appropriate when considering construction condition, experience


and stability.

When step embankment is difficult to the design height

though the ground is not extremely poor, step embankment in parallel with
high strength mat method would be appropriate.
- PVD(Prefabricated Vertical Drain) may cause well resistance when drain

.n

section is small and the pouring depth is extended but considering shallow
depth, it would be considered appropriate.

- Stone column method among others has good applicability but costly and

ww
w

the depth is limited and moreover, no performance record was found.


Though cement deep mixing method is appropriate, it may cause the

groundwater

to

be

contaminated

and

is

difficult

for

construction

management.

- Sand Compaction Pile is effective to prevent sliding and reduce settlement


but supplying sand and high cost remain problematic and no performance
record.

- High strength mat method is cost and work efficient and appropriate when
safety factor is not insufficient and thus high strength mat in parallel with
step embankment would be appropriate as sliding prevention method.

7-67

Surface layer treatment method

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

1) Determination of surface layer treatment method


Surface layer treatment intended generally to ensure the trafficability of
equipment and discharge the pore water. The methods applicable to this
project are compared as follows:
<Table 7-40> Determination of surface layer treatment method
Earthwork

Geotextile

Wooden mat

Solidification

PD
F

Method

View

.n

ee

via

lay the thin sand


lay HS geotextile
Lay reinforcement Solidify the part of
layer on cohesive
on cohesive soil
such as bamboo
surface layer
soil layer to
layer to secure
or wood on
using solidification
Summ distribute the load
bearing force
cohesive soil layer agent or lay high
ary
using equipment
Methods vary
to secure bearing
strength banking
Sand Mat function
depending on
force
material to secure
use in combine with
laying method
bearing force
other treatment method
Work
very good
average
poor
average
efficiency
Cost
very good
good
good
very poor
efficiency
most favorable in Favorable in work High equipment
Unfavorable in
efficiency, bearing overturn risk
terms of
Field terms of work
applica efficiency and cost force and sliding
secondary
environmental
bility
efficiency
resistance
settlement by
impact
erosion
Applic

ation
Earthwork (sand) method is optimal in terms of work and cost efficiency
Review
Wooden mat underneath at swamp and peat section where surface layer treatment
comment
method is difficult.

ww
w

2) Review of applicability of geotextile


Geotextile was partly applied at low thickness of soft layer because of low
cost efficiency for increase in stability.
Without improvement

Mat (200kN/m)-3EA

Mat (300kN/m)-3EA

Fs = 0.683(height=10m)

Fs = 0.769(0.086)

Fs = 0.821(0.138)

7-68

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Determination of ordinary soft ground improvement method


Improvement methods depending on thickness of soft soil layer are as follows:
<Table 7-41> Determination of ordinary soft ground improvement method
Method Excavation replacement

Forced replacement +
loading method

lay crushed stone on

Method
summary soft soil layer for forced

consolidation settlement
acceleration by the load
of banking material

put the drainer into soft


soil layer to drain the
pore water

Good work efficiency


and cost efficiency
Easy quality control
Extended time when
load is small
Cost efficient when soft
soil layer is thick

Uniform quality
A long-term settlement
due to secondary
consolidation & creep
after improvement
Need for applying
sliding prevention
method additionally

via

replacement
obvious improvement
effect
no particular
construction management
Feature
is needed
applicable to thin soft
soil layer

PD
F

Dia
gram

Vertical drain method

Applica Soft soil layer is 3m


bility
thick or less

Soft soil layer is 3m


thick or more

Determination of extreme soft ground improvement method


Applicable improvement methods depending on thickness of extreme soft
ground layer are as follows:

Dia
gram

Replacement

.n

Method

ee

<Table 7-42> Determination of extreme soft ground improvement method

ww
w

lay crushed stone on


Method soft ground for self-load
summ and forced replacement
ary

Mass Stabilization

increase ground strength


using additives (cement
lime) for extreme soft
ground (Peat, Organic,
Swamp)
in the form of
underground structure to
cope with secondary
settlement
obvious settlement control
unfavorable in
environmental aspect
Difficult quality control

obvious improvement effect


easy construction
management
difficult with excavation
Feature replacement for extreme
soft ground (forced
replacement is
appropriate)
for thin soft soil layer
Applic
Soft soil layer 3m or less Soft soil layer 3m ~ 5m
ability

Pile Slab or Floating

convey top load to


support layer using
precast pile or cast in
place pile
in the form of
underground structure to
cope with secondary
settlement
obvious settlement control
unfavorable cost
efficiency when
embankment is high and
support layer is deep
Soft soil layer 5m or
more

7-69

Determination of vertical drain method

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Applicable vertical drain methods to ordinary soft ground are as follows


<Table 7-43> Determination of vertical drain method
Prefabricated Vertical Drain

Pack Drain

PD
F

Diagram

Sand Drain

Insert synthetic resin


fill synthetic fiber pack Drive sand pile into soft
material into soft ground with sand to accelerate
ground to drain pore
to drain the pore water
consolidation.
water for consolidation
Method Diameter:5cm(converted) Supplemented Sand
acceleration
summary
Drain method to prevent Diameter : 40cm
cutting
Diameter : 12cm(4
pieces simultaneously)

via

factory-fabricated for
less ground disturbance obvious permeability
easy supply
than Sand Drain
effect
smaller equipment than 4 pieces at a time to
Good workability in
Advantage
other methods
reduce time than Sand
heterogenous soil layer
less ground disturbance Drain
cost efficient
less risk of Drainer cut
Higher cost than other
methods
Difficult to supply
quality sand
Risk of drain cut during
consolidation
Poor drain due to
ground disturbance
fast (1,500~2,300m/day) average(500~1,000m/day)
slow(200~500m/day)
many
average
many
easy
difficult
difficult

.n

ee

Risk of Well Resistance Low efficiency when


Drainer may be lifted up soft soil layer depth is
when pulling out Casing not uniform
Difficult to supply
Dis
quality sand
advantage
Risk of Well Resistance

none (hydraulic)

some

some

1.0

1.3

2.0

ww
w

Pace
Record
QC
Vibration
noise
Cost
efficiency

Good drain effect


drive into the bottom of Improvement effect is
higher than PVD but risk
because of larger drain
improved layer
of residual settlement
diameter but cost
irrespective of soft soil
when layer is not uniform increase due to supply
layer distribution
Applica
causing unimproved area. of acceptable quality of
Higher work efficiency,
bility
cost increase due to
sand
cost efficiency and
quality control and good sand supply and
extended settlement when
applicability
grain size is poor
Choice

7-70

B. Review of Sand Mat drain


Review summary

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

- Sand mat laid on soft ground is intended to secure trafficability of vertical

drain equipment, drain the pore water generated by consolidation settlement


and lower the groundwater level in embankment.

- Sand Mat is generally used in combination with P.P Mat and prevent ground

shear failure by equipment load and maintain the certain thickness to drain

PD
F

pore water effectively.

- Thus the thickness of sand mat which will ensure to secure PVD equipment
trafficability and drain pore water generated by consolidation settlement
shall be determined

Determination of Sand Mat thickness

1) Thickness of sand mat to secure the Trafficability

The bottom mat (T=50kN/m) be laid on soft ground is considered separated

via

from sand mat in estimating the thickness, taking into account of decrease
in strength by boring when driving PVD.
<Table 7-44> Equipment diagram

ee

Diagram

PVD equipment

Type : Modified excavator


Depth : Maximum 38.0m
Caterpillar : a(5.0m)b(1.2m)
Safety factor(FS) : 1.5
: Load dispersion angle

.n

ww
w
Classification

Description

h : Sand Mat thickness


review using contact pressure
on either side of caterpillar

<Table 7-45> Equipment load


Body weight (kN) Part weight (kN)
102.8

162.2

Gross weight
(kN)

Note

565.0

7-71

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-46> Safety factor of sand mat by thickness depending on trafficability


Classification

Ultimate
Contact
Sand Mat
Safety
bearing force pressure
Judgement
(m)
factor (FS)
(qu, kN/)
(qu, kN/)
qu=5.14cu

36.7

3.5

O.K

0.6

=5.1425

33.7

3.8

O.K

0.7

=128.5

31.2

4.1

O.K

0.5

qu=5.14cu

36.7

2.5

O.K

0.6

=5.1418

33.7

2.7

O.K

0.7

=92.52

31.2

3.0

O.K

0.5

qu=5.14cu

36.7

0.1

N.G

0.6

=5.141

33.7

0.2

N.G

0.7

=5.14

31.2

0.2

N.G

0.5

qu=5.14cu

36.7

1.7

O.K

0.6

=5.1412

33.7

1.8

O.K

0.7

=61.68

31.2

2.0

O.K

qu=5.14cu

36.7

0.3

N.G

=5.142

33.7

0.3

N.G

=10.28

31.2

0.3

N.G

TS-4~6

TS-7~9

TN-1~9

o
r

0.5

t
h

TN-10~21

0.6
0.7

via

TS-1~3

PD
F

0.5

Note

Wood Mat
additionally

Wood Mat
additionally

ee

2) Thickness of sand mat depending on drain function


Pore water drained to the surface is horizontally drained through sand mat
and

consolidation

pace

is

dependent

on

mat

thickness,

permeability

coefficient and horizontal drain distance. Sand mat thickness is calculated as

.n

follow when considering pore water drain one side only without considering
deformation of sand mat

ww
w

Sand Mat drain effect

Sand Mat thickness

where, Q : drainage amount (c)


H w pressure head (cm)

L : Sand Mat drain distance


well interval /2, cm)
k : permeability coefficient
(cm/day)
S : mean settlement pace
(cm/day)

7-72

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Drainage condition was assumed that pore water generated by consolidation


is drained to the top of clay layer only. Permeability coefficient of Sand Mat

was based on 1.010-3cm/sec (86.4 cm/day) because of no lab test


conducted. Consolidated settlement continued fast at early loading which

became slower as time passed till final settlement level. So its estimated

from settlement amount and time during banking considering stability to pore
water drain.

<Table 7-47> Mean settlement pace


Settlement time
(day)

Settlement
amount (cm)

Mean pace
(S, cm/day)

TS-1

447

148.9

17.76

0.119

TS-2

690

229.9

39.91

0.174

TS-3

1,252

417.2

94.56

0.227

TS-4

414

137.9

0.93

0.007

TS-5

617

205.5

1.42

0.007

TS-6

1,121

373.5

10.78

0.029

TN-1

417

139.0

3.21

0.023

via

South

TN-2

625

208.4

4.96

0.024

1,138

379.4

17.68

0.047

411

137.0

1.01

0.007

621

207.0

3.15

0.015

1,142

380.7

18.85

0.050

416

138.7

0.88

0.006

TN-8

641

213.7

14.26

0.067

TN-9

1,187

395.7

53.23

0.135

TN-3
TN-4
TN-5

North

PD
F

Total height
(cm)

Classification

TN-6

ee

TN-7

<Table 7-48> Drain function by thickness of Sand Mat


Mean drain
Mean pace
distance
(cm/day)
(m)

Hw
(cm)

Judge

Applica
tion

70.0

NG

58.4

OK

0.7

50.0

OK

0.5

142.0

NG

118.3

NG

0.7

101.4

NG

0.5

390.4

NG

325.4

NG

0.7

278.9

NG

0.5

4.1

OK

3.4

OK

2.9

OK

.n

Classification

Sand Mat
(m)
0.5

ww
w

TS-1

TS-2

South

TS-3

TS-4

0.6

0.6

0.6

0.6
0.7

22.55

26.55

38.55

22.55

0.119

0.174

0.227

0.007

Note

drain
additionally

drain
additionally

drain
additionally

7-73

Classification

Sand Mat
(m)

Mean drain
Mean pace
distance
(cm/day)
(m)

0.5
TS-5
South
TS-6

0.6

5.7
26.55

0.007

4.1

0.5

49.9

0.6

38.55

0.029

14.0

OK

80.8

NG

67.4

NG

57.7

OK

4.1

OK

3.4

OK

2.9

OK

12.2

OK

10.2

OK

0.7

8.7

OK

0.5

86.0

NG

71.7

NG

0.7

64.4

OK

0.5

3.5

OK

2.9

OK

0.7

2.5

OK

0.5

54.7

NG

45.6

OK

0.7

39.0

OK

0.5

232.2

NG

193.5

NG

165.9

NG

26.55

0.6

38.55

22.55

ee
0.6

0.6

0.6

0.6

0.6
0.7

0.024

0.047

via

0.6

.n

ww
w
7-74

PD
F
OK

0.5

TN-9

OK

16.3

0.6

26.55

38.55

22.55

26.55

38.55

0.007

0.015

0.050

0.006

0.067

0.135

OK

OK

0.7

TN-8

OK

19.6

0.5

TN-7

OK

OK

0.023

Note

OK

9.7

0.7

TN-6

OK

22.55

0.5

TN-5

OK

11.3

0.6

0.7

North

Applica
tion

OK

0.5

TN-4

Judge

13.5

0.7

TN-3

41.6
35.6

0.5

TN-2

4.8

0.7

0.7

TN-1

Hw
(cm)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

drain
additionally

drain
additionally

drain
additionally

drain
additionally

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

3) Design of Sand Mat drainage hole

Interval of drainage hole is usually dependent on pore water outflow and

sand grain size distribution but considering cost increase by dense


interval, its assumed to be within road bank slope.

- TS-1 : CTC. 40.0m, TS-2 : CTC. 40.0m, TS-3 : CTC. 60.0m

- TN-3:CTC. 60m, TN-6:CTC. 60m, TN-8:CTC. 40m, TN-9:CTC. 60m

Settlement pace
Classification

South

(m/hr)

Cross
width
(m)

Interval
(m)

Catchment Drainage Pipe


Judge
area
amount capacity
ment
()
(/hr) (/hr)

TS-1

0.119

4.9610

-5

45.1

40.0

1,804.0

0.089

2.263

O.K

TS-2

0.174

7.2510-5

53.1

40.0

2,124.0

0.154

2.263

O.K

TS-3

0.227

9.4610

-5

77.1

60.0

4,626.0

0.438

2.263

O.K

TN-3

0.047

1.9610-5

77.1

60.0

4,626.0

0.091

2.263

O.K

TN-6

0.050

77.1

60.0

4,626.0

0.096

2.263

O.K

TN-8

0.067

2.7910-5

53.1

40.0

2,124.0

0.059

2.263

O.K

TN-9

0.135

via

(cm/day)

PD
F

<Table 7-49> Drainage amount of Sand Mat drainage hole

5.6310

-5

77.1

60.0

4,626.0

0.260

2.263

O.K

2.0810

ee

North

<Table 7-50> capacity of round perforated pipe

Type

.n

Gradient

75
(/hr)

100
(/hr)

125
(/hr)

1.6

2.6

5.0

2/1,000

2.263(adopted)

3.677

7.071

3/1,000

2.771

4.503

8.66

4/1,000

3.2

5.2

10.0

5/1,000

3.578

5.814

11.18

ww
w

1/1,000

Note

Given the consolidation is mostly occurred at early stage and drainage

amount tends to decrease in line with extended consolidation period,


drainage hole in South section and North section(TS-1~3, TN-3,6,8,9) was
based on 75 perorated pipe(gradient 0.2%) considering safety design and
the interval of CTC. 200m horizontally for other sections.

7-75

C. Pile Slab

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Review of the method for extreme soft ground (Peat & Organic) was carried
out depending on embankment height.
Conditions for review

- Based on SLAB thickness 0.3~0.5m and pile PHC PILE 500.

- The live and dead load on slab foundation was 68.6~188.2kPa. Considering

unfavorable boundary condition, ground contact load was ignored and

PD
F

compressive force on pile only was considered.


<Table 7-51> Pile Slab
Classification

SLAB

Thickness (m)

Pile foundation

Pile Slab

RC
(fck=24MPa)

0.3~0.5

PHC PILE 500

Note

<Table 7-52> Load condition


Bank
height (m)

Dead load

Traffic
load

Service
load

Pile
interval

T-1

3.0

soil:17.08kN/ x 2.7m = 46.1kPa


SLAB:25kN/ x 0.3m = 7.5kPa

15.0kPa

68.6kPa

1.5m

T-2

5.0

soil:17.08kN/ x 4.7m = 80.3kPa


SLAB:25kN/ x 0.3m = 7.5kPa

15.0kPa

102.8kPa

2.0m

T-3

10.0

soil:17.08kN/ x 9.7m = 165.7kPa


SLAB:25kN/ x 0.3m = 7.5kPa

15.0kPa

188.2kPa

2.5m

ee

via

Category

- Load factor was based on concrete structure design criteria (2012, Korea)
and following load combination was evaluated.

.n

<Table 7-53> Load combination

Self load

Live load

Other loads

Comb. 1

1.2

1.6

ww
w

Category

T-1

7-76

Note

<Table 7-54> Modelling


T-2

T-3

Structural review of T-1 section

1) Slab t=300mm
Moment

Shear force

Myy

Mxx(Max)=72.39kNm

Myy(Max)=79.43kNm

Working load moment

Vxx

Myy

Muxx(Max)=46.58kNm

Muyy(Max)=51.22kNm

Vxx(Max)=86.886 kN

Vxx(Max)=95.098 kN

Displacement

Pile axial force

via

Mxx

ee

2) Slab t=400mm

Disp=1.809mm

Moment

P(Max)=674.504kN

Shear force

Myy

Vxx

Vyy

Myy(Max)=116.84kNm

Vxx(Max)=110.885kN

Vxx(Max)=139.759kN

Displacement

Pile axial force

Disp=1.774mm

P(Max)=662.313 kN

.n

ww
w

Mxx(Max)=92.60kNm

Vyy

PD
F

Mxx

Mxx

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Working load moment

Mxx

Myy

Muxx(Max)=60.10kNm

Muyy(Max)=76.01kNm

7-77

3) Slab t=500mm
Moment

Shear force

Myy

Vxx

Vyy

PD
F

Mxx

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Mxx(Max)=131.33kNm Myy(Max)=186.43kNm Vxx(Max)=168.840kN

Working load moment

Displacement

Myy

via

Mxx

Muxx(Max)=86.55kNm Muyy(Max)=122.72kNm

Disp=1.590mm

Vxx(Max)=195.963kN

Pile axial force

P(Max)=597.375kN

Structural review of T-2 section

ee

1) Slab t=300mm
Moment

Myy

.n

Mxx

ww
w

Mxx(Max)=66.45kNm Myy(Max)=83.56kNm

Shear force
Vxx

Vyy

Vxx(Max)=93.044kN

Vxx(Max)=128.975kN

Displacement

Pile axial force

Disp=1.610mm

P(Max)=597.283kN

Working load moment

Mxx

Myy

Muxx(Max)=42.58kNm Muyy(Max)=53.54kNm

7-78

2) Slab t=400mm
Moment

Shear force

Myy

Vxx

Mxx(Max)=97.42kNm Myy(Max)=120.46kNm

Working load moment


Myy

Muxx(Max)=63.22kNm Muyy(Max)=77.72kNm

3) Slab t=500mm

Myy

.n

Mxx

ee

Moment

Mxx(Max)=161.49kNm Myy(Max)=163.67kNm

ww
w

Vxx(Max)=161.339kN

Vxx(Max)=185.889kN

Displacement

Pile axial force

via

Mxx

Vyy

PD
F

Mxx

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Disp=1.679mm

P(Max)=595.516kN

Shear force
Vxx

Vyy

Vxx(Max)=242.727kN

Vxx(Max)=261.065kN

Displacement

Pile axial force

Disp=1.595mm

P(Max)=448.32kN

Working load moment

Mxx

Myy

Muxx(Max)=105.27kNm Muyy(Max)=106.24kNm

7-79

Structural review of T-3 section

1) Slab t=300mm
Moment

Shear force

Myy

Vxx

Mxx(Max)=78.92kNm Myy(Max)=106.04kNm

Working load moment


Myy

Muxx(Max)=50.68kNm Muyy(Max)=67.55kNm

ee

2) Slab t=400mm

Vxx(Max)=195.44kN

Vxx(Max)=221.735kN

Displacement

Pile axial force

via

Mxx

Disp=1.518mm

Moment

Myy

Vxx

Mxx(Max)=155.97kNm Myy(Max)=145.38kNm Vxx(Max)=294.732kN

ww
w

P(Max)=564.787kN

Shear force

.n

Mxx

Vyy

PD
F

Mxx

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Vyy

Vxx(Max)=303.046kN

Working load moment

Mxx

Muxx(Max)=100.53kNm Muyy(Max)=93.48kNm

7-80

Displacement

Pile axial force

Disp=1.625mm

P(Max)=602.451kN

Myy

3) Slab t=500mm
Moment
Mxx

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Shear force

Myy

Vxx

Working load moment


Myy

Displacement

via

Mxx

Muxx(Max)=159.59kNm Muyy(Max)=132.22kNm

Review result

Vxx(Max)=383.348kN

PD
F

Mxx(Max)=247.12kNm Myy(Max)=205.07kNm Vxx(Max)=419.280kN

Vyy

Disp=1.667mm

Pile axial force

P(Max)=607.511 kN

As a result of numerical analysis of SLAB by thickness, stability was ensured

Classification

Shear
force
(kN)

Working load
moment
(kNm)

79.426

95.098

51.220

t=400

116.836

139.759

76.014

t=500

131.333

195.963

122.718

ww
w

T-1

Moment
(kNm)

.n

t=300

ee

when applying 30cm thickness of slab, irrespective of embankment height.

T-2

T-3

t=300

83.556

128.975

53.536

t=400

120.455

185.889

77.722

t=500

163.669

261.065

106.238

t=300

106.040

221.735

67.549

t=400

155.974

303.046

100.528

t=500

247.118

419.280

159.591

Reinforcement applied
main D16@125
shear D16@250(4.0EA)
main D16@125
shear D16@250(4.0EA)
main D19@150
shear D16@250(4.0EA)
main D19@125
shear D16@250(4.0EA)
main D19@125
shear D16@250(4.0EA)
main D19@125
shear D16@250(4.0EA)
main D19@125
shear D16@250(4.0EA)
main D19@125
shear D16@250(4.0EA)
main D22@1250
shear D16@250(4.0EA)

Applica
tion

7-81

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.3.7 Improvement Method by Section


A. Review of applicability

Settlement was evaluated by method determined by Type and appropriateness


is as follows:
South section

1) TS-1

10.0

Safety factor (Fs)


During
load

Loading period (month)

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

Settlement(cm)
36M

48M

4.47
1.834 2.010
5.0
28.0
33.0
42.7
42.9
0.2cm/y, 42.9-42.7=0.2cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K
Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)
Preloading + PVD (CTC=2.0m2.0m)
-

2) TS-2

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

.n

Classification

ee

via

analysis
residual settlement
surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

Total
bank
height
(m)

PD
F

Classification

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

ww
w

analysis
residual settlement
surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

7-82

10.0

Total
bank
height
(m)

Safety factor (Fs)


During
load

After
load

Loading period (month)


Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

Settlement(cm)
36M

48M

6.90
1.394
1.585
7.7
25.3
33.0
85.6
86.3
0.7cm/y, 86.4-85.6=0.8cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K
Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)
Preloading + PVD (CTC=2.0m2.0m)
DCM 1 row (CTC=2.5m2.5m)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

3) TS-3

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

10.0

12.52

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.285

1.469

13.9

19.1

33.0

146.6

147.6

PD
F

Preloading + PVD (CTC=1.8m1.8m)

via

DCM 7 rows (CTC=2.5m2.5m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

10.0

4.14

ee

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.466

1.481

4.6

28.4

33.0

3.4

4.0

0.6cm/y, 10.3-3.4=6.9cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K

.n

residual settlement

Settlement(cm)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)

4) TS-4

analysis

Loading period (month)

1.0cm/y, 147.7-146.6=1.1cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K

residual settlement

Classification

Safety factor (Fs)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)


Preloading
-

7-83

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

5) TS-5

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

10.0

6.17

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

ww
w
7-84

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.455

1.471

6.9

26.1

33.0

4.2

4.9

PD
F
Preloading

via

DCM 2 rows (CTC=2.5m2.5m)

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

10.0

11.21

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.402

1.423

12.5

20.5

33.0

16.9

17.0

0.1cm/y, 17.0-16.9=0.1cm < 2.0cm(residual settlement) O.K

.n

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

During
load

ee

residual settlement

Settlement(cm)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)

6) TS-6

analysis

Loading period (month)

0.7cm/y, 12.9-4.2=8.7cm < 10cm(residual settlemtn) O.K

residual settlement

Classification

Safety factor (Fs)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)


Preloading + PVD (CTC=2.0m2.0m)
DCM 8 rows (CTC=2.5m2.5m)

7) TS-7

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

5.0

3.0

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

3.309

PD
F

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

Total
bank
height
(m)

5.0

5.0

.n

residual settlement

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

Safety factor (Fs)

ee

analysis

via

DCM (CTC=3.0m3.0m)

8) TS-8

Classification

Settlement(cm)

During
load

residual settlement
surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

2.517

soil(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


DCM (CTC=3.0m3.0m)

7-85

9) TS-9

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

5.0

5.0

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.834

PD
F

soil(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

Total
bank
height
(m)

7.5

3.0

.n

residual settlement

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

7-86

Safety factor (Fs)

ee

analysis

via

DCM (CTC=2.5m2.5m)

10) TS-10

Classification

Settlement(cm)

During
load

residual settlement
surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

Pile Slab (PC-SPUN PILE-500, CTC=2.5m2.5m, t=300mm)

11) TS-11

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

7.5

5.0

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

PD
F

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

via

Pile Slab (PHC PILE-500, CTC=2.0m2.0m, t=300mm)

12) TS-12

analysis

Total
bank
height
(m)

7.5

10.0

.n

residual settlement

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

Safety factor (Fs)

ee

Classification

Settlement(cm)

During
load

residual settlement
surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

soil(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

Pile Slab (PHC PILE-500, CTC=1.5m1.5m, t=300mm)

7-87

13) TS-13

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

3.0

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Total bank Safety factor (Fs) Loading period (month)


height
During
After
Consoli
(m)
Banking
Total
load
load
dation

3.0~10.0

1.596

residual settlement
surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

36M

48M

PD
F

Settlement(cm)

via

excavation replacement

14) Review result

Review result by method to meet design standard is summarized as below

ee

Surface treatment
Vertical drain Deep treatment Pile Slab
Soft
Banking
Soil
soil
Inter
Category
height Sand Bottom Mat Wood
Interval
Interval
condition depth
Mat
Method
Method
Pile
val
(m)
(50kN/m) Mat
(m)
(m)
(m)
(cm)
(m)

TS-1

4.47

50.0

PVD 2.02.0

10.0

6.90

50.0

.n

TS-2

10.0

PVD 2.02.0 DCM

2.5

PVD 1.81.8 DCM

2.5

10.0

12.52

50.0

10.0

4.14

50.0

10.0

6.17

50.0

DCM

2.5

TS-6

10.0

11.21

50.0

PVD 2.02.0 DCM

2.5

TS-7

5.0

3.0

DCM

3.0

TS-8

5.0

5.0

DCM 2.5~3.0

TS-9 Swamp
TS-10 , Peat

5.0

10.0

DCM 2.0~2.5

7.5

3.0

PHC 2.5

TS-11

7.5

5.0

PHC 2.0

TS-12

7.5

10.0

PHC 1.5

3.0

3~10

TS-3
TS-4

ww
w

TS-5

soft
clay

TS-13

7-88

excavation replacement

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

North section

1) TN-1

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

3.0

4.17

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.750

1.777

4.6

28.4

33.0

10.4

11.1

PD
F
Preloading

via

PET mat (200kN-1ea)

Total
bank
height
(m)

3.0

6.25

ee

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.454

1.483

6.9

26.1

33.0

17.3

18.8

1.5cm/y, 20.2-17.3=2.9cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K

.n

residual settlement

Settlement(cm)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)

2) TN-2

analysis

Loading period (month)

0.7cm/y, 11.8-10.4=1.4cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K

residual settlement

Classification

Safety factor (Fs)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)


Preloading
PET mat (200kN-2ea)

7-89

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

3) TN-3

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

3.0

10.0

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.410

residual settlement
surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

PD
F

via

excavation replacement

4) TN-4

analysis

Total
bank
height
(m)

5.0

4.11

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

7-90

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.634

1.522

4.6

28.4

33.0

3.7

4.3

0.6cm/y, 6.3-3.7=2.6cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K

.n

residual settlement

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

ee

Classification

Settlement(cm)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)


Preloading
PET mat (200kN-2ea)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

5) TN-5

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

5.0

6.21

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.574

1.598

6.9

26.1

33.0

9.2

10.7

PD
F
Preloading

via

DCM 2 rows (CTC=2.5m2.5m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

5.0

11.42

Safety factor (Fs)

ee

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.383

1.432

12.7

20.3

33.0

36.2

36.8

0.6cm/y, 36.9-36.2=0.7cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K

.n

residual settlement

Settlement(cm)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)

6) TN-6

analysis

Loading period (month)

1.5cm/y, 15.9-9.2=6.7cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K

residual settlement

Classification

Safety factor (Fs)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)


Preloading + PVD (CTC=2.0m2.0m)
DCM 5 rows (CTC=2.5m2.5m)

7-91

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7) TN-7

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

10.0

4.16

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

7-92

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.547

1.496

4.6

28.4

33.0

3.2

3.7

PD
F
Preloading

via

PET mat (200kN-2ea)

Total
bank
height
(m)

10.0

6.41

Safety factor (Fs)

ee

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.532

1.613

7.1

25.9

33.0

35.5

36.0

0.5cm/y, 36.1-35.5=0.6cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K

.n

residual settlement

Settlement(cm)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)

8) TN-8

analysis

Loading period (month)

0.5cm/y, 11.4-3.2=8.2cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K

residual settlement

Classification

Safety factor (Fs)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)


Preloading + PVD (CTC=2.0m2.0m)
DCM 2 rows (CTC=2.5m2.5m)

9) TN-9

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

10.0

11.87

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.311

1.418

7.1

25.9

33.0

81.1

82.2

PD
F

Preloading + PVD (CTC=2.0m2.0m)

via

DCM 7 rows (CTC=2.5m2.5m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

3.0

3.0

ee

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

.n

residual settlement

Settlement(cm)

Sand Mat(t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m)

10) TN-10

analysis

Loading period (month)

1.1cm/y, 82.4-81.1=1.3cm < 10cm(residual settlement) O.K

residual settlement

Classification

Safety factor (Fs)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.784

excavation replacement

7-93

11) TN-11

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

3.0

5.0

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.528

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

PD
F

Total
bank
height
(m)

3.0

10.0

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

7-94

Safety factor (Fs)

ee

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

.n

residual settlement

via

excavation replacement

12) TN-12

analysis

Settlement(cm)

During
load

residual settlement

Classification

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

1.447

excavation replacement + PET mat (200kN-1ea)

13) TN-13

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

5.0

3.0

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

PD
F

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

Total
bank
height
(m)

5.0

5.0

.n

residual settlement

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

Safety factor (Fs)

ee

analysis

via

DCM (2.5m2.5m)

14) TN-14

Classification

Settlement(cm)

During
load

residual settlement
surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


DCM (2.5m2.5m)

7-95

15) TN-15

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

5.0

10.0

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

PD
F

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

via

DCM (2.5m2.5m)

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

10.0

3.0

.n

analysis

ee

16) TN-16

Classification

residual settlement

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

7-96

Settlement(cm)

During
load

residual settlement
surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

Pile Slab (PHC PILE-500, CTC=2.5m2.5m, t=300mm)

17) TN-17

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

10.0

5.0

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

PD
F

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

via

Pile Slab (PHC PILE-500, CTC=2.0m2.0m, t=300mm)

18) TN-18

analysis

Total
bank
height
(m)

10.0

10.0

.n

residual settlement

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

Safety factor (Fs)

ee

Classification

Settlement(cm)

During
load

residual settlement
surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

Pile Slab (PHC PILE-500, CTC=1.5m1.5m, t=300mm)

7-97

19) TN-19

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

13.0

3.0

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

PD
F

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

via

Pile Slab (PHC PILE-500, CTC=2.5m2.5m, t=300mm)

20) TN-20

analysis

Total
bank
height
(m)

13.0

5.0

.n

residual settlement

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

ee

Classification

ww
w

surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

7-98

Settlement(cm)

During
load

residual settlement
surface
treatment
settlement
method
accelerate
sliding
prevention

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat


-

Pile Slab (PHC PILE-500, CTC=2.0m2.0m, t=300mm)

21) TN-21

Classification

analysis

Soft
layer
depth
(m)

Total
bank
height
(m)

13.0

10.0

Safety factor (Fs)

Loading period (month)

Settlement(cm)

During
load

After
load

Banking

Consolid
ation

Total

36M

48M

residual settlement

soil (t=50cm) + bottom Mat(t=50kN/m) + wooden Mat

settlement
accelerate

Pile Slab (PHC PILE-500, CTC=1.5m1.5m, t=300mm)

.n

ee

via

sliding
prevention

PD
F

surface
treatment

ww
w

method

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7-99

22) Review result

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Review result by method to meet design standard is summarized as below


Soft
Banking
Soil
soil
Category
height
condition depth
(m)
(m)

Surface treatment
Sand
Mat
(cm)

Vertical drain

Deep
treatment

Pile Slab

Bottom Mat Wood


Interval
Interval
Method
Method
Pile
(50kN/m) Mat
(m)
(m)

Interval
(m)

3.0

4.17

50.0

TN-2

3.0

6.25

50.0

TN-3

3.0

11.38

TN-4

5.0

4.11

50.0

5.0

6.21

50.0

DCM

2.5

TN-6

5.0

11.42

50.0

PVD

2.0
DCM
2.0

2.5

TN-7

10.0

4.16

50.0

TN-8

10.0

6.41

2.5

TN-9

10.0

11.87

2.5

TN-10

3.0

3.0

TN-11

3.0

5.0

excavation replacement

via

soft
clay

50.0

50.0

TN-12

2.0
DCM
2.0
2.0
PVD
DCM
2.0
PVD

excavation replacement
excavation replacement

ee

TN-5

PD
F

TN-1

3.0

10.0

5.0

3.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

10.0

10.0

3.0

PHC

2.5

TN-17

10.0

5.0

PHC

2.0

TN-18

10.0

10.0

PHC

1.5

TN-19

13.0

3.0

PHC

2.5

TN-20

13.0

5.0

PHC

2.0

TN-21

13.0

10.0

PHC

1.5

TN-14
TN-15

Swamp
, Peat

ww
w

TN-16

.n

TN-13

7-100

excavation replacement
2.0~
2.5
2.0~
DCM
2.5
2.0~
DCM
2.5
DCM

B. Improvement method by section

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Improvement method applied by type is summarized as below


South section

<Table 7-55> Improvement method by section


Surface
treatment
Length
(m)

Sand Bottom Wood


Method
Mat Mat Mat

30

45+300~45+350

50

45+690~46+220

530

46+330~46+380

50

47+110~47+410

300

48+700~49+625

925

49+925~51+175

1,250

51+410~51+690

280

52+075~52+350

275

Method

Pile Slab

Interval
Pile
(m)

Excav
ation
Inter
replace
val
ment
(m)

PVD

2.0

PVD

2.0

PVD

2.0

PVD

2.0

PVD

2.0

PVD

2.0

PVD

2.0

PVD

2.0

PVD

2.0

30

PVD

2.0

DCM

2.5

110

PVD

2.0

DCM

2.5

30

PVD

2.0

DCM

2.5

47+410~47+750

via

TS-1 44+620~44+650

Inter
val
(m)

Deep
treatment

PD
F

Method

Section
(STA.)

Vertical drain

340

PVD

2.0

DCM

2.5

49+625~49+925

300

PVD

2.0

DCM

2.5

51+175~51+410

235

PVD

2.0

DCM

2.5

51+690~51+770

80

PVD

2.0

DCM

2.5

51+990~52+075

85

PVD

2.0

DCM

2.5

total

3,690

TS-2 44+650~44+680
45+050~45+160

.n

ee

45+270+45+300

TS-3 44+680~45+050

370

PVD

1.8

DCM

2.5

45+160~45+270

110

PVD

1.8

DCM

2.5

46+220~46+330

110

PVD

1.8

DCM

2.5

51+770~51+990

220

PVD

1.8

DCM

2.5

ww
w

total

total

1,210

810

TS-4 148+500~152+500

4,000

181+200~181+650

450

total

4,450

TS-5 180+960~181+200

240

DCM

2.5

181+650~182+250

600

DCM

2.5

183+850~184+000

150

DCM

2.5

total

990

7-101

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Surface treatment Vertical drain


Section
(STA.)

Method

180+900~180+960

60

PVD

2.0

182+250~183+850

1,600

PVD

2.0

total

1,660

Method

Inter
val
(m)

DCM

2.5

DCM

2.5

DCM

3.0

DCM

3.0

107+200~107+600

400

109+075~109+400

325

118+620~119+040

420

DCM

3.0

119+310~120+380

1,070

DCM

3.0

120+500~120+750

250

DCM

3.0

121+150~121+300

150

DCM

3.0

121+520~121+950

430

DCM

3.0

DCM 2.5~3.0

total
TS-8

104+800~105+250

3,045
450
300

DCM 2.5~3.0

600

DCM 2.5~3.0

300

DCM 2.5~3.0

200

DCM 2.5~3.0

370

DCM 2.5~3.0

270

DCM 2.5~3.0

120+380~120+500

120

DCM 2.5~3.0

121+300~121+520

220

DCM 2.5~3.0

106+900~107+200
107+600~108+200
108+775~109+075
111+000~111+200
118+250~118+620

ee

119+040~119+310

2,830

108+200~108+775

575

DCM 2.0~2.5

.n

total
TS-9

Inter
val
(m)

PD
F

TS-7

Sand Bottom Wood


Method
Mat
Mat Mat

Pile Slab Excav


ation
Inter replace
Pile val ment
(m)

via

TS-6

Length
(m)

Deep
treatment

111+200~111+300

100

DCM 2.0~2.5

total

675
1,770

PHC 2.5

171+000~171+540

540

PHC 2.5

172+300~173+400

1,100

PHC 2.5

174+000~175+000

1,000

PHC 2.5

175+350~175+900

550

PHC 2.5

179+550~180+070

520

PHC 2.5

ww
w

TS-10 166+200~167+970

total

5,480

TS-11 167+970~168+600

630

PHC 2.0

171+540~172+300

760

PHC 2.0

173+400~174+000

600

PHC 2.0

7-102

Vertical
drain

Surface treatment
Method

Section
(STA.)

Length
(m)

Sand Bottom Wood


Method
Mat
Mat Mat

Inter
val
(m)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Deep
treatment

Pile Slab Excav


ation
Inter
replace
Pile val
ment
(m)

Method

Inter
val
(m)

PHC 2.0

PHC 2.0

PHC 2.0

350

179+410~179+550

140

180+070~180+430

360

160

PHC 1.5

180+430~180+900

470

PHC 1.5

total

630
-

total

TS-13 122+200~122+320

120

122+320~122+520

200

122+520~124+440

1,920

124+440~124+500

via

TS-12 179+250~179+410

2,840

PD
F

TS-11 175+000~175+350

129+150~129+575
129+575~129+650
130+600~131+050

60

425

75

450

3,250

ee

total

31,560

ww
w

.n

grand total

7-103

Norther region

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-56> Improvement method by section


Surface treatment

Section
(STA.)

Method

Vertical
drain

Pile Slab
Length
Inter
(m) Sand Bot Rein Wood
Interval
Interval
Method
Method
Pile val
Mat Mat Mat Mat
(m)
(m)
(m)

360

243+470~243+740

270

243+740~245+900 2,160

96+600~97+050

450

243+160~243+470

310

245+900~246+260

360

246+540~246+800

260

total

1,380

TN-3 246+260~246+540
TN-7

280

total

280

0+000~0+090

90

440

640

200

730

80

0+900~1+340
85+000~85+640
86+150~86+350
86+470~87+200

ee

87+320~87+400

via

TN-2

2,790

Exca
vation
replace
ment

PD
F

TN-1 242+800~243+160

total

Deep
treatment

80

88+000~88+130

130

89+600~89+900

300

90+800~91+240

440

92+150~92+200

50

92+400~92+530

130

92+850~92+920

70

93+470~93+500

30

97+550~98+320

770

100+610~100+680

70

101+110~101+510

400

102+200~102+310

110

102+410~102+500

90

102+850~103+100

250

103+620~103+700

80

103+850~103+930

80

104+100~104+550

450

105+700~105+800

100

ww
w

.n

87+770~87+850

7-104

Method

Section
(STA.)

Length
(m)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Surface treatment

Vertical
drain

Deep
treatment

Pile Slab

Exca
vation
Inter
Interv
Inter replace
Sand Bot Rein Wood
Method val Method al
Pile val ment
Mat Mat Mat Mat
(m)
(m)
(m)

60

106+980~107+080

100

107+880~108+000

120

122+980~123+050

70

123+670~124+040

370

124+430~124+520

90

124+610~126+350

1,740

126+940~127+000

60

142+800~142+890

90

143+050~143+090

40

143+380~145+180

1,800

145+800~146+800

1,000

1,800

200

90

1,400

70

166+160~166+380

220

166+720~166+800

80

184+200~186+800

2,600

202+800~202+900

100

203+550~205+150

1,600

205+330~205+700

370

205+880~206+240

360

206+600~206+800

200

222+100~224+500

2,400

224+500~226+800

2,300

282+350~283+070

720

284+120~286+230

2,110

302+800~303+410

610

304+850~305+320

470

305+520~306+240

720

163+260~163+460
163+550~163+640
163+870~165+270

ww
w

.n

ee

165+650~165+720

via

146+900~148+700

PD
F

TN-7 106+790~106+850

7-105

Section
(STA.)

Method

Surface treatment

Vertical
drain

Deep
treatment

Pile Slab Exca


Length
vation
Inter
interv
Inter replace
(m)
Sand Bot Rein Wood
Method val Method al
Pile val ment
Mat Mat Mat Mat
(m)
(m)
(m)

200

343+800~343+920

120

344+400~344+680

280

344+780~345+330

550

346+360~346+800

440

31,360

PD
F

TN-7 342+800~343+000

total

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

60

2.0

DCM 2.5

0+300~0+500

200

2.0

DCM 2.5

83+910~84+240

330

2.0

DCM 2.5

84+460~84+700

240

2.0

DCM 2.5

90+670~90+800

130

2.0

DCM 2.5

93+420~93+470

50

2.0

DCM 2.5

via

0+090~0+150

TN-8

870

2.0

DCM 2.5

80

2.0

DCM 2.5

150

2.0

DCM 2.5

240

2.0

DCM 2.5

100

2.0

DCM 2.5

220

2.0

DCM 2.5

103+700~103+850

150

2.0

DCM 2.5

105+800~106+100

300

2.0

DCM 2.5

106+850~106+980

130

2.0

DCM 2.5

107+650~107+880

230

2.0

DCM 2.5

123+050~123+120

70

2.0

DCM 2.5

124+520~124+610

90

2.0

DCM 2.5

126+890~126+940

50

2.0

DCM 2.5

142+890~143+050

160

2.0

DCM 2.5

145+180~145+800

620

2.0

DCM 2.5

146+800~146+900

100

2.0

DCM 2.5

163+120~163+260

140

2.0

DCM 2.5

163+460~163+550

90

2.0

DCM 2.5

163+640~163+710

70

2.0

DCM 2.5

165+270~165+380

110

2.0

DCM 2.5

165+870~166+010

140

2.0

DCM 2.5

166+120~166+160

40

2.0

DCM 2.5

99+180~100+050
100+680~100+760
100+960~101+110
101+510~101+750
102+310~102+410

ww
w

.n

ee

103+100~103+320

7-106

surface treatment

Method

Section
(STA.)

Length
(m)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Vertical
drain

Deep
treatment

Pile Slab

Exca
vation
Inter
Inter
Inter replace
Sand Bot Rein Wood
Method val Method val Pile val ment
Mat Mat Mat Mat
(m)
(m)
(m)

40

2.0 DCM 2.5

202+900~202+990

90

2.0 DCM 2.5

203+310~203+550

240

2.0 DCM 2.5

205+150~205+330

180

2.0 DCM 2.5

205+700~205+880

180

2.0 DCM 2.5

206+240~206+600

360

2.0 DCM 2.5

283+070~283+220

150

2.0 DCM 2.5

283+950~284+120

170

2.0 DCM 2.5

286+230~286+350

120

2.0 DCM 2.5

303+410~303+640

230

2.0 DCM 2.5

303+730~303+880

150

2.0 DCM 2.5

305+320~305+520
343+000~343+380
344+680~344+780

2.0 DCM 2.5

200

2.0 DCM 2.5

380

2.0 DCM 2.5

100

2.0 DCM 2.5

150

2.0 DCM 2.5

2.0 DCM 2.5

ee

0+150~0+300

150

2.0 DCM 2.5

87+850~88+000

150

2.0 DCM 2.5

92+200~92+400

200

2.0 DCM 2.5

92+920~93+420

500

2.0 DCM 2.5

100+760~100+960

200

2.0 DCM 2.5

123+120~123+670

550

2.0 DCM 2.5

126+720~126+890

170

2.0 DCM 2.5

162+700~163+120

420

2.0 DCM 2.5

163+710~163+870

160

2.0 DCM 2.5

165+720~165+870

150

2.0 DCM 2.5

166+010~166+120

110

2.0 DCM 2.5

166+420~166+720

300

2.0 DCM 2.5

202+990~203+310

320

2.0 DCM 2.5

346+060~346+360
total

ww
w

TN-9

320

.n

345+330~345+480

via

304+530~304+850

PD
F

TN-8 166+380~166+420

300

8,520

7-107

Surface treatment
Section
(STA.)

Method

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Vertical
drain

Deep
treatment

Length
Inter
(m)
Sand Bot Rein Wood
Method val Method
Mat Mat Mat Mat
(m)

Inter
val
(m)

Pile Slab

Exca
vation
Inte replace
Pile rval ment
(m)

730

2.0

DCM

2.5

303+640~303+730

90

2.0

DCM

2.5

303+880~304+530

650

2.0

DCM

2.5

306+240~306+800

560

2.0

DCM

2.5

343+380~343+800

420

2.0

DCM

2.5

343+920~344+400

480

2.0

DCM

2.5

345+480~346+060

580

2.0

DCM

2.5

total

TN-12

1+970~2+260

290

total

290

2+260~2+340

80

total

80

DCM

2.0~
2.5

400

PHC 2.5

690

PHC 2.5

11+680~12+750

1,070

PHC 2.5

13+500~14+650

1,150

PHC 2.5

15+600~17+200

1,600

PHC 2.5

17+980~18+200

220

PHC 2.5

18+930~21+390

2,460

PHC 2.5

41+400~42+000

600

PHC 2.5

42+550~43+420

870

PHC 2.5

57+400~58+420

1,020

PHC 2.5

72+340~72+450

110

PHC 2.5

73+130~73+550

420

PHC 2.5

74+020~74+430

410

PHC 2.5

74+570~75+760

1,190

PHC 2.5

76+260~76+400

140

PHC 2.5

76+400~76+540

140

PHC 2.5

76+720~76+980

260

PHC 2.5

96+500~96+600

100

PHC 2.5

TN-13 218+500~220+400
total
TN-16

via

TN-11

6,890

9+000~9+400

1,900

1,900

ww
w

.n

ee

10+100~10+790

7-108

PD
F

TN-9 283+220~283+950

Surface treatment

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Vertical
drain

Deep
treatment

TN-16

97+050~97+550

500

PHC 2.5

148+700~149+200

500

PHC 2.5

180+200~184+200 4,000

PHC 2.5

226+800~228+200

1,400

PHC 2.5

total

19,250

9+400~10+100

700

PHC 2.0

10+790~10+940

150

PHC 2.0

11+570~11+680

110

PHC 2.0

12+750~13+500

750

PHC 2.0

14+650~15+600

950

PHC 2.0

17+200~17+350

150

PHC 2.0

17+840~17+980

140

PHC 2.0

via
80

PHC 2.0

120

PHC 2.0

160

PHC 2.0

230

PHC 2.0

550

PHC 2.0

150

PHC 2.0

58+420~58+520

100

PHC 2.0

72+300~72+340

40

PHC 2.0

72+810~73+130

320

PHC 2.0

73+620~74+020

400

PHC 2.0

76+980~77+100

120

PHC 2.0

96+250~96+500

250

PHC 2.0

18+200~18+280
18+810~18+930
21+390~21+550
21+970~22+200
42+000~42+550

.n

ee

43+420~43+570

ww
w

total

TN-18

PD
F

Method

TN-17

Length
Inter
Inter
(m)
Sand Bot Rein Wood
Method val Method val
Mat Mat Mat Mat
(m)
(m)

Pile Slab Exca


vation
Inte replace
Pile rval ment
(m)

Section
(STA.)

5,470

10+940~11+570

630

PHC 1.5

17+350~17+840

490

PHC 1.5

18+280~18+810

530

PHC 1.5

21+550~21+970

420

PHC 1.5

43+570~43+600

30

PHC 1.5

58+520~58+800

280

PHC 1.5

total

grand total

2,380
80,590

7-109

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.3.8 Review of Lateral Movement of Abutment


A. Review summary

When installing abutment on soft ground, lateral movement occurs due to the

load of backfill material at the back of abutment which might cause abutment
to be unstable.

To prevent such problem in advance, the possibility of lateral movement shall

via

PD
F

be analyzed and the measure to deal with it shall be taken.

(a) when settlement is big

(b) when settlement is small

<Figure 7-24> Lateral movement of abutment

ee

B. Bridge installed on soft ground

The bridges to be installed on soft ground to cross the river and existing
road are as follows:

<Table 7-57> South section

Section
(No.)

L Found Soft soil


(m) ation depth(m)

Ground
condition

Sect
ion

Note

.n

Classification

70

pile

5.0

Swamp

SBB-05

120+426.00

20

pile

5.0

top: clay
bottom: Peat

SBB-06

SIMPANG KIJANG-1

182+750.00

160

pile

7.5

soft clay

SBB-07

SIMPANG KIJANG-2

183+315.00

35

pile

7.5

soft clay

SBB-07

OVERPASS-19

119+366.90

60

pile

5.0

top: clay
bottom: Peat

SBB-06

OVERPASS-25

149+207.30

60

pile

10.0

top: Peat
bottom: clay

OVERPASS-26

150+650.00

60

pile

10.0

top: Peat
bottom: clay

HAB-10

OVERPASS-28

166+407.60

60

pile

5.0

Peat

SERDANG PECOH 108+568.00

ww
w

SUKAMUKTI

south

7-110

HAB-10

<Table 7-58> North section


Classification

L Found Soft soil


(m) ation depth(m)

WONOREJO-2

11+309.50

45

pile

13.0

BASI-1

17+569.00

15

pile

13.0

BASI-2

18+531.20

80

pile

13.0

TANAHPUTIH

73+594.50

40

pile

10.0

BAGAN BAKTI

93+150.00

40

pile

BAGAN BATU

123+418.00

15

PINANG-3

143+914.50

PINANG-4

145+866.00

PINANG-5

SUKARAME

Secti
on

Note

Peat

Peat

Peat

10.0

soft clay

pile

10.0

soft clay

35

pile

10.0

soft clay

90

pile

10.0

soft clay

148+464.00 120

pile

7.5

soft clay

NBB-04

NBB-05

PD
F

181+629.00 105

pile

10.5

top: Peat
bottom: soft clay

184+090.80

25

pile

10.5

top: Peat
bottom: soft clay

223+804.30 105

pile

15.5

top: Peat
bottom: soft clay

ee

KIUALATAN

Ground
condition

Peat

via

AEK NABARA

NBB-05

NBB-06

283+660.30

35

pile

10.0

soft clay

HB-17

RINGANRINGAN

304+122.90

25

pile

10.0

soft clay

HB-18

PENGGALANGATN-1 344+076.00

35

pile

10.0

soft clay

HB-20

35

pile

10.0

soft clay

HB-20

1+250.49

60

pile

10.0

soft clay

SEDINGINAN IC

1+222.77

60

pile

10.0

soft clay

BAGAN BATU IC

1+260.24

60

pile

10.0

soft clay

RANTAUPRAPAT IC

1+160.00

60

pile

10.0

soft clay

KISARAN IC

1+000.34

60

pile

10.0

soft clay

INDRAPURA JCT

15+868.60

60

pile

13.0

Peat

TEBING TINGGI IC

2+130.00

60

pile

2.5

Peat

.n

SIDATUBATU-2

PENGGALANGATN-2 345+626.20
DUMAI IC

ww
w

North

Section
(No.)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

NBB-01

7-111

Classification

73+509.70

60

pile

10.0

OVERPASS-7

74+721.00

60

pile

10.0

OVERPASS-8

87+770.13

60

pile

10.0

OVERPASS-9

90+485.00

60

pile

10.0

OVERPASS-26

144+000.00

60

pile

10.0

OVERPASS-27

144+748.70

OVERPASS-28

146+000.34

OVERPASS-29

147+707.00

OVERPASS-34

181+755.05

OVERPASS-35

182+270.00

OVERPASS-36

Secti
on

Note

soft clay

HB-07

soft clay

HB-07

soft clay
soft clay

soft clay

60

pile

10.0

soft clay

60

pile

10.0

soft clay

60

pile

7.5

soft clay

NBB-04

60

pile

10.5

top: Peat
bottom: soft clay

NBB-05

60

pile

10.5

top: Peat
bottom: soft clay

NBB-05

60

pile

10.0

soft clay

204+890.00 60

pile

10.0

soft clay

218+792.50

60

pile

4.5

Peat

185+870.00

ee

OVERPASS-44

Ground
condition

PD
F

OVERPASS-6

OVERPASS-39

222+989.40

60

pile

15.5

top: Peat
bottom: soft clay

NBB-06

OVERPASS-46

224+742.00

60

pile

10.0

soft clay

HB-14

OVERPASS-47

226+170.00

60

pile

10.0

soft clay

HB-14

OVERPASS-48

227+247.00

60

pile

10.0

Peat

OVERPASS-50

242+930.00 60

pile

2.0

soft clay

HB-15

OVERPASS-51

243+736.80

60

pile

2.0

soft clay

HB-15

OVERPASS-54

265+018.50

60

pile

1.0

soft clay

HB-16

OVERPASS-61

305+638.70

60

pile

10.0

soft clay

HB-18

.n

OVERPASS-45

ww
w
7-112

L Found Soft soil


(m) ation depth(m)

via

North

Section
(No.)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

C. Method to determine lateral movement according to empirical formula


Lateral movement decision value (IL)

Lateral movement is determined according to decision value estimated by


following equation (IL > 1.2 : possible, IL 1.2 : not possible)
Diagram

Calculation
IL =

1 2 3

tH
c

ee

via

PD
F

where,
I : Decision value
1 : Correction factor to soft soil layer
thickness (=D/L)
: Correction factor to foundation
2 resistance width (=b/B)
: Correction factor to abutment length
3 (=D/A3)
t : Unit weight of bank material (kN/m)
h : Banking height (m)
: Abutment length in axial direction
A (m)
b : Sum of foundation width (m)
D : Thickness of soft soil layer (m)
: Mean value of soft layer adhesion
c (kN/m)
B : Abutment width (m)
L : Penetration depth of foundation(m)

<Table 7-59> According to lateral movement decision value


t
(kN/)

h
(m)

A
(m)

b
(m)

D
(m)

B
(m)

L
(m)

17.08

6.36

4.5

5.08

5.0

12.70

20.0

SUKAMUKTI

17.08

3.04

1.3

5.08

5.0

12.70

12.0

OVERPASS-25

17.08

7.53

5.2

5.08

10.0

14.66

28.5

SIMPANG KIJANG-1

17.08

9.1

4.5

5.08

7.5

12.70

36.0

BASI-2

17.08

7.64

5.2

5.08

13.0

14.66

13.0

TANAHPUTIH-1

17.08

6.0

4.6

5.08

10.0

13.15

12.0

BAGAN BAKTI-1

17.08

8.1

5.2

8.13

10.0

25.60

16.5

PINANG-5

17.08

4.54

4.5

5.08

7.5

12.70

31.5

AEK NABARA

17.08

7.2

4.6

5.08

10.5

13.24

24.5

KIUALATAN

17.08

6.5

4.5

5.08

15.5

12.70

33.5

OVERPASS-36

17.08

13.0

1.1

3.56

4.5

9.00

20.0

Classification

ww
w

South

.n

SERDANG PECOH

North

7-113

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-60> Review result according to lateral movement decision value


1

Classification

IL

Judge

SERDANG PECOH

0.250 0.400 1.111

108.714

1.0

12.07>1.2

N.G

SUKAMUKTI

0.417 0.400 3.000

51.923

18.0

1.442>1.2

N.G

OVERPASS-25

0.351 0.347 1.923

128.612

18.0

1.671>1.2

N.G

SIMPANG KIJANG-1

0.208 0.400 1.667

155.428

18.0

1.199<1.2

O.K

1.000 0.347 2.500 130.423

1.0

112.9>1.2

N.G

TANAHPUTIH-1

0.833 0.386 2.174

102.480

1.0

71.73>1.2

N.G

BAGAN BAKTI-1

0.606 0.318 1.923

138.348

12.0

4.266>1.2

N.G

0.238

77.543

12.0

1.026<1.2

O.K

AEK NABARA

0.429 0.387 2.283 122.976

12.0

3.876>1.2

N.G

KIUALATAN

0.463 0.400 3.000 111.020

12.0

5.137>1.2

N.G

OVERPASS-36

0.225 0.395 3.000 222.040

1.0

59.21>1.2

N.G

BASI-2

0.4

1.667

via

PINANG-5

PD
F

South

North

t H
c
(kN/) (kN/)

ww
w

.n

ee

As seen mostly unstable from the review, improvement method is required.

7-114

Lateral movement index (F)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Lateral movement identified according to following equation (F 0.04 : not


possible, F

< 0.04 : possible)

Diagram

Calculation
c

F =

tH

PD
F

where

F : Lateral movement index


c :

Mean undrained cohesion of soft soil


layer (kN/)

t : Unit weight of bank material (kN/m)


D : Thickness of banking material (m)

H : Banking height (m)

via

<Table 7-61> Review result according to lateral movement decision value


D
(m)

OVERPASS-25

18.0

128.612

10.0

0.014 < 0.04

N.G

SIMPANG KIJANG-1

18.0

155.428

7.5

0.015 < 0.04

N.G

BASI-2

13.0

130.423

13.0

0.001 < 0.04

N.G

TANAHPUTIH-1

13.0

102.480

10.0

0.001 < 0.04

N.G

BAGAN BAKTI-1

12.0

138.348

10.0

0.009 < 0.04

N.G

PINANG-5

12.0

77.543

7.5

0.021 < 0.04

N.G

AEK NABARA

12.0

122.976

10.5

0.009 < 0.04

N.G

KIUALATAN

12.0

111.020

15.5

0.007 < 0.04

N.G

OVERPASS-36

13.0

222.040

4.5

0.001 < 0.04

N.G

c
(kN/)

tH
(kN/)

Judge

SERDANG PECOH

25.0

108.714

5.0

0.002 < 0.04

N.G

SUKAMUKTI

18.0

51.923

5.0

0.069 > 0.04

O.K

Classification

ww
w

.n

ee

South

North

As seen mostly unstable from the review, improvement method is required.

7-115

D. Method by circular sliding


To determine the stability against sliding failure,

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

review was made using limit

equilibrium method and comparison between analyzed safety factor and

standard safety factor was made to determine the lateral movement. Safety
factor

for circular sliding of abutment slope without considering pile effect

was 1.7.

via

Fs = 0.100 1.7 N.G

SUKAMUKTI A1

PD
F

SERDANG PECOH A1

BASI-2 A1

.n

ee

OVERPASS-25 A1

Fs = 0.768 1.7 N.G

Fs = 0.272 1.7 N.G

TANAHPUTIH-1 A1

KIUALATAN A1

ww
w

Fs = 0.701 1.7 N.G

Fs = 0.256 1.7 N.G

7-116

Fs = 0.681 1.7 N.G

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

E. Review of treatment method for lateral movement


Review of lateral movement analysis

According to empirical lateral movement decision method and review of

stability against circular sliding, lateral movement is expected over entire


section, requiring improvement measure. The details are as follows:
<Table 7-62> Review of lateral movement

Stan
Stan
Stan
Review
Result Review
Result Review
Result
dard
dard
dard

SERDANG PECOH 12.07

Judge

1.2

N.G

0.002 0.04

N.G

0.100

1.7

N.G

N.G

SUKAMUKTI

1.44

1.2

N.G

0.069 0.04

O.K

0.768

1.7

N.G

N.G

OVERPASS-25

1.67

1.2

N.G

0.014 0.04

N.G

0.701

1.7

N.G

N.G

SIMPANG KIJANG-1

1.19

1.2

O.K

0.015 0.04

N.G

N.G

BASI-2

112.98

1.2

N.G

0.001 0.04

N.G

0.272

1.7

N.G

N.G

TANAHPUTIH-1

71.73

1.2

N.G

0.001 0.04

N.G

0.256

1.7

N.G

N.G

BAGAN BAKTI-1

4.26

1.2

N.G

0.009 0.04

N.G

N.G

PINANG-5

1.02

1.2

O.K

0.021 0.04

N.G

N.G

ee

via

South

North

Circular sliding

PD
F

Classification

Lateral movement Lateral movement


decision value (IL)
index (F)

3.87

1.2

N.G

0.009 0.04

N.G

N.G

KIUALATAN

5.13

1.2

N.G

0.007 0.04

N.G

0.681

1.7

N.G

N.G

OVERPASS-36

59.21

1.2

N.G

0.001 0.04

N.G

N.G

.n

AEK NABARA

Improvement methods include strengthen soft ground by raising the embankment


height and increase the ground strength by improving the ground.
Given the method increasing the load is less effective to increase the strength

ww
w

because of already-over consolidated ground and additional earthwork is


needed

Thus DCM method was applied and stability of DCM was carried out.

7-117

Review of stability when applying DCM

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Review of DCM in terms of interval and depth was carried out and the details
are as follows:

Fs = 1.721 1.7 O.K

Fs = 2.120 1.7 O.K


BASI-2 A1

.n

ee

via

OVERPASS-25 A1

SUKAMUKTI A1

PD
F

SERDANG PECOH A1

Fs = 1.788 1.7 O.K

TANAHPUTIH-1 A1

KIUALATAN A1

ww
w

Fs = 1.810 1.7 O.K

Fs = 1.808 1.7 O.K

7-118

Fs = 1.821 1.7 O.K

Interval
(CTC. m)

Length
(m)

SERDANG PECOH

DCM

2.52.5

17.5

SUKAMUKTI

DCM

2.52.5

7.5

OVERPASS-22

DCM

2.52.5

15.0

BASI-2

DCM

2.52.5

17.5

North

TANAHPUTIH-1

DCM

2.52.5

15.0

KIUALATAN

DCM

2.52.5

10.0

Application by bridge

Note

PD
F

Method

Classification

South

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Application of sliding prevention measure by type of bridge is as follows:


<Table 7-63> South section

5.0

Swamp

2.52.5

6.0

17.5

120+426.00

5.0

top:clay
bottom:Peat

2.52.5

6.0

7.5

SIMPANG KIJANG-1

182+750.00

7.5

soft clay

2.52.5

8.5

10.0

SIMPANG KIJANG-2

183+315.00

7.5

soft clay

2.52.5

8.5

10.0

OVERPASS-19

119+366.90

5.0

top:clay
bottom:Peat

2.52.5

6.0

7.5

OVERPASS-25

149+207.29

10.0

top:Peat
bottom:clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-26

150+650.00

10.0

top:Peat
bottom:clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-28

166+407.60

5.0

Peat

2.52.5

6.0

17.5

via

Ground
condition

.n

Section
(No.)

SERDANG PECOH 108+568.00

ee

SUKAMUKTI

ww
w

South

Length
Interval Length
applied
(CTC. m) (m/EA)
(m)

Depth
(m)

Classification

Note) The length applied was based on penetration by 1m from soft soil layer

7-119

<Table 7-64> North section

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Section
(No.)

Depth
(m)

Ground
condition

WONOREJO-2

11+309.50

13.0

Peat

BASI-1

17+569.00

13.0

Peat

BASI-2

18+531.20

13.0

Peat

TANAHPUTIH

73+594.50

10.0

Peat

BAGAN BAKTI

93+150.00

10.0

BAGAN BATU

123+418.00

PINANG-3

143+914.50

PINANG-4

145+866.00

PINANG-5

148+464.00

AEK NABARA

SUKARAME
North

14.0

17.5

2.52.5

14.0

17.5

2.52.5

14.0

17.5

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

7.5

soft clay

2.52.5

8.5

10.0

PD
F

2.52.5

181+629.00

10.5

top:Peat
2.52.5
bottom:soft clay

11.5

10.0

184+090.80

10.5

top:Peat
2.52.5
bottom:soft clay

11.5

10.0

223+804.30

15.5

top:Peat
2.52.5
bottom:soft clay

16.5

10.0

ee

KIUALATAN

Length
Interval Length
applied
(CTC. m) (m/EA)
(m)

via

Classification

283+660.30

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

RINGANRINGAN

304+122.90

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

PENGGALANGATN-1 344+076.00

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

PENGGALANGATN-2 345+626.20

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

1+250.49

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

SEDINGINAN IC

1+222.77

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

BAGAN BATU IC

1+260.24

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

RANTAUPRAPAT IC

1+160.00

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

KISARAN IC

1+000.34

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

INDRAPURA JCT

15+868.60

13.0

Peat

2.52.5

14.0

17.5

TEBING TINGGI IC

2+130.00

2.5

Peat

excavation replacement

.n

SIDATUBATU-2

ww
w

DUMAI IC

7-120

< North section(continued) >


Depth
(m)

Ground
condition

Length
Interval Length
applied
(CTC. m) (m/EA)
(m)

OVERPASS-6

73+509.70

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-7

74+721.00

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-8

87+770.13

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-9

90+485.00

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-26

144+000.00

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-27

144+748.70

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-28

146+000.34

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-29

147+707.00

7.5

soft clay

2.52.5

8.5

10.0

OVERPASS-34

181+755.05

10.5

top:Peat
2.52.5
bottom:soft clay

11.5

10.0

182+270.00

10.5

top:Peat
2.52.5
bottom:soft clay

11.5

10.0

185+870.00

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

ee

OVERPASS-36

via

OVERPASS-35

PD
F

Section
(No.)

Classification

204+890.00

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-44

218+792.50

4.5

Peat

2.52.5

5.5

10.0

OVERPASS-45

222+989.40

15.5

top:Peat
2.52.5
bottom:soft clay

16.5

10.0

OVERPASS-46

224+742.00

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-47

226+170.00

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-48

227+247.00

10.0

Peat

2.52.5

11.0

15.0

OVERPASS-50

242+930.00

2.0

soft clay

excavation replacement

OVERPASS-51

243+736.80

2.0

soft clay

excavation replacement

OVERPASS-54

265+018.50

1.0

soft clay

excavation replacement

OVERPASS-61

305+638.70

10.0

soft clay

2.52.5

.n

OVERPASS-39

ww
w

North

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

11.0

15.0

7-121

7.3.9 Monitoring Plan


A. Objective

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Soft ground improvement is to simplify the complex natural phenomenon (soil

layer & properties) and thus assumption and uncertainties in design shall be
supplemented by site management.

Given the soft ground is distributed partially over the alignment, cost efficient
and safe method shall be adopted according to the analysis of settlement,

PD
F

deformation characteristics and improvement effect and furthermore, ground


behavior shall be forecast based on such feedback so as to identify the
design feasibility and improvement measures.

Monitoring is intended to quantitatively identify the ground behavior using instruments


such as tiltmeter, settlement plate, water gauge and piezometer at critical
points before banking on soft ground and the objective is as below.
Identify the problem due to lack of data during design to suggest the
countermeasure during construction.
countermeasure.

via

Identify the cause of unexpected behavior during design to develop the


Data analysis and feed-back for applying to design & construction for cost
efficient and safe construction

ee

Construction

Measurement

Safety management

Settlement control

Hyperbolic

Tominaga-Hashimoto

Asaoka

Kurihara

Hoshino

.n

Masuo-Kawamura

ww
w

Shibata- Sekiguchi

7-122

Comparing & analysing


design
Countermeasure
Final settlement estimate
Surcharge soil removal
Stability during banking
Schedule estimate

Feed Back
Design/measurement
comparison
Ground property
Incorporation to work

Management by objective includes the followings.

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Monitoring to detect the urgent risk : Excessive earth/water pressure or


heaving for safety management.

Monitoring to obtain the data during construction: Information needed to


forecast the behavior caused by embankment loading

Monitoring to improve the construction method: Measured data from predecessor


is used as design parameter for the successor.

Monitoring to identify the particular tendency at the site

PD
F

Monitoring to verify the theoretic outcome

As aforementioned, measurement or monitoring are carried out for various


purposes and for successful implementation, sufficient preliminary review is
required

B. Measurement position and items

Determination of measurement position

Instrument shall be determined after considering ground condition and work

via

environment so as to maximize the function and accomplish the objective.


Based on measured value, site condition and variation shall be comprehensively
analyzed to predict the future condition. The instruments shall be placed at
same section so as to have interrelations among the measured items.
Considerations to determine the measurement position are as follows:

ee

Where ground condition is identified by in-situ test


Where ground behavior is typical in design and construction
Where close to major structures
Where banking starts earlier

.n

Where particular ground condition may affect the construction


(ground condition, construction method and material are changed)

Where excessive displace may occur

ww
w

Where the damage to instrument is less and installation is easy

Instrument

Settlement

Stabilization

Surface settlement gauge

Magnetic extensometer

Tiltmeter

Piezometer

Groundwater gauge

Note

: more frequently
: less frequently

7-123

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Monitoring items by position

It shall be determined after considering ground condition and work environment


so as to maximize the function and accomplish the objective.

Instruments were arranged considering soft ground depth and when the depth
is less than 3m, magnetic extensometer and piezometer will not be placed.
Objective and principle are as follows:
Instru

Principle for instrumentation

PD
F

Objective and review

ment

Surface Measure the settlement at the point

settlement Banking pace control, determination


gauge

of pre-loading removal time

Measure consolidated settlement by


Magnetic depth and compare with surface
extenso

settlement gauge

Estimate consolidation parameter by

ground

At deep soft ground or high


embankment same as piezometer

Before loading by embankment. End


Cap on weathered soil or rock for

via

meter

On sand mat when banking on soft

layer based on measured settlement


Measure horizontal deformation on
bank slope and deformation pace

ee

Analyze with maximum settlement at


Tiltmeter center for slope stabilization
Measure lateral movement

displacement by differential earth

Grouting

On slope of high embankment with


shear failure risk.

At bottom of slope before loading by


embankment
End Cap on weathered soil or rock
for Grouting

.n

pressure

Measure pore water pressure


variation by embankment load

meter

embankment same as piezometer

Estimate dispersion of excessive pore Before loading by embankment.

ww
w

Piezo

At deep soft ground or high

water pressure and effective stress

Check consolidation effect

Piezometer tip at same position as


magnetic extensometer

Check consolidation and strength


increase

Monitor groundwater level variation by Distanced from the slope to avoid

Water

gauge

embankment

Estimate dispersion of excessive pore At 5m deep from original ground


water pressure and effective stress

7-124

the effect by embankment

surface

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Measurement control of embankment on soft ground

The section was divided into soft adhesive section and Swamp & Peat section
and for pile slab section, ground water gauge and tiltmeter only were

considered, and magnetic extensometer was applied to 5m or deeper soft

PD
F

ground only.

ee

via

<Figure 7-25> Soft adhesive soil section

<Figure 7-26> Pile Slab section

ww
w

.n

Lateral movement measurement

<Figure 7-27> Bridge on soft ground

To identify the lateral movement by embankment load on bridge, tiltmeter was

planned on front side of abutment.

7-125

Frequency of measurement

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Measurement frequency shall be dependent on importance & objective of

measurement, work progress and measurement method and the representative


standard shall be recorded.

After banking
During banking

every 3 days

Magnetic Extensometer

every 3 days

Tiltmeter

every 3 days

Piezometer

every 3 days

groundwater gauge

every 3 days

13 months

After 3 months

twice a week

weekly

monthly

twice a week

weekly

monthly

weekly

weekly

monthly

twice a week

weekly

monthly

twice a week

weekly

monthly

via

Surface settlement
gauge

First one
month

PD
F

Classification

- Monitoring the tendency and variation pace over time is more important than
absolute value and thus frequency is dependent on site condition and
determined depending on data use and site condition.

ee

- Measurement frequency for settlement and stabilization management shall be


based on above frequency which however may be adjusted depending on
soft ground condition, importance and work schedule. But when the
behavior exceeds the allowable standard, frequency may be adjusted, more
frequently or less frequently. depending on situation.

.n

Conformation investigation and incorporation into detail design


- Confirmation (before and during construction) was planned to monitor the ground
condition and design parameter to compare with measured value for inverse

ww
w

analysis so as to forecast the final settlement and verify the evaluation and
determine the consolidation

- Confirmation investigation included boring test, cone penetration test and


laboratory property and mechanical test (unconfined/triaxial compression,
consolidation) at every 200m on soft ground.

- Sufficient investigation shall be carried out in cooperation with the government


officeKorean standard for detail design: boring test (every 100m), sampling
(per bore hole, 5m interval) mechanical test (per sample, standard consolidation
test, unconfined/triaxial compression test), field test (piezo cone penetration
etc) so as to analyze the scope & characteristics of soft ground.

7-126

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.4 Slope Plan


7.4.1 Design Summary

Slope stabilization review is intended to identify the site investigation result


(investigation and test) and construction & cost efficiency

so as to determine

the proper slope inclination & the optimal slope construction method which can
be satisfied with its slope stability.

PD
F

The review based on site investigation and lab test includes the followings.

- Analysis of appropriateness of site investigation and estimate of design


parameter

- Analysis of appropriateness of lab test and estimate of design parameter


- Review of rational slope inclination

7.4.2 Design Condition

via

A. Design parameter of slope

Design parameter was determined referring to adjacent sites (RUAS MEDAN~BANDA


ACEH GEOTECHNIC SURVEY REPORT) because of no test or investigation data
on cut slope

<Table 7-65> Analysis of design parameter of top layer


South section

ee

Category

North section

c (kPa)

( )

(sta.)

c (kPa)

( )

TP-1

46+900

22

14.96

210+900

18

11.84

TP-2

57+350

25

13.84

261+900

19

15.32

TP-3

60+900

19

15.32

275+400

19

13.45

.n

(sta.)

TP-4

93+500

22

12.66

309+250

30

11.11

TP-5

329+950

17

11.63

22.0

14.20

20.6

12.67

ww
w

Average

<Table 7-66> Determination of slope design parameter

Classification

Upper
layer

Bottom
layer

Note

South
North

Slope Design Parameter


b (kN/)
18.36

c (kPa)

( )

22.0

14.20

20.6

12.67

Type-1

17.00

30.0

10.00

Type-2

17.00

35.0

12.00

Type-3

17.5

45.0

15.00

Note

test value

referring to
neighboring
site

7-127

B. Earthquake factor

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Earthquake factor and section for slope analysis was determined based on

maximum seismic acceleration depending on recurrence frequency of bedrock


at the site.
<Table 7-67> Earthquake factor
Location (Sta.)

Zone-1

0+000 ~ 26+500

0.4~0.5(0.45)

Applicatio
n

26+500 ~ 99+000

0.3~0.4(0.35)

0.18

Zone-3

99+000 ~ End

0.25~0.3(0.275)

0.15

Zone-1

0+000 ~ 47+500

0.3~0.4(0.35)

0.18

Zone-2

47+500 ~ 124+000

0.4~0.5(0.45)

0.21

Zone-3

124+000 ~ 217+500

0.5~0.6(0.55)

0.23

0.4~0.5(0.45)

0.21

ee

North

Zone-4

217+500 ~ End

Note

0.21

Zone-2

via

South

Seismic
acceleration ()

PD
F

Classification

referring
to Seismic
map

referring
to Seismic
map

.n

C. Base for analysis

Slope analysis safety factor was applied based on comparison of Indonesian

ww
w

and Korean standard


<Table 7-68> Slope analysis safety factor

Classification

Indonesia

Korea
(Korea Highway Corp)

Application

Normal

Fs1.3~1.4

Fs1.3

Fs1.3

Earthquake

Fs1.1

Fs1.1

Fs1.1

Design ground water level was assumed FL.(+)5.0m based on design road
level but was ignored in earthquake considering a short-term loading.

7-128

D. Section for review

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Slope height at south section is mostly 10m or below and 20m or below in
north section.

Thus slope analysis depending on cut slope height was planned using a
standard section with the slope and bench as indicated in design standard.
<Table 7-69> Standard section of cut slope
Inclination

Bench (width)

Standard
section

1 : 2.0

B=2.0m

Bench interval

Note

PD
F

Classification

ee

via

every H=5.0m

E. Slope stability analysis

.n

Limit Equilibrium Theory developed to analyze the stability of earthen structure


when failure is to occur along sliding surface was applied.
The condition was assumed to simplify the review and the solution was obtained

ww
w

using a simplified hydrostatic theory. That is, various methods were developed
depending on assumption of the force on the side of cut slope and the

assumptions are as follows:

7-129

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-70> Comparison of slope analysis methods

Limit equilibrium

Assumption

axial direction of slice is


parallel with the bottom of
Fellenius each slice
(1972)
Force perpendicular to
slide bottom was only
considered
Sum of vertical component
in axial direction is Zero
Bishop
simple
Balance of the force in
method
vertical direction only was
considered

circular
slip

PD
F

Theory

condition
Sliding
Appli
section Moment Vertical Horizon cation
tal

circular
slip

circular
slip
noncircular
slip

Axial gradient of angle is


Morgenstern
expressed =f(x)
-Price
( : constant)

circular
slip
noncircular
slip

Gradient is same on all


slice

circular
slip
noncircular
slip

ee

Spencer

via

Janbu

Lateral sliding position is


assumed

Bishop method which is most commonly used and similar with theoretic solution
was adopted. The principle of Bishops simplified method is as follows

ww
w

.n

<Table 7-71> The principle of Bishops simplified method

where, Fs : safety factor,


W : gross weight of sliced soil(=rbh)
: internal friction angle of soil, c' : cohesion of soil, : gradient angle
u : pore water pressure,

7-130

: slice width,

l : slice length

7.4.3 Review of Slope Stability


A. South section

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Slope stability review depending on height at normal state and earthquake


was conducted and the result is as described below
<Table 7-72> Analysis result

Category

Cut
height
(m)

Inclination
Normal
applied
state
(Fs>1.3)

PD
F

Analysis result

When earthquake (Fs>1.1)

Decision

=0.15

=0.18

=0.21

1.716

1.596

1.489

O.K

1.350

1.273

1.201

O.K

5.0

1 : 2.0

2.035

Case-2

10.0

1 : 2.0

1.605

Case-3

15.0

1 : 2.0

1.536

1.200

1.131

1.068(N.G)

Case-4

20.0

1 : 2.0

1.390

1.173

1.103

1.040(N.G)

ee

via

Case-1

Note

<Table 7-73> Application by section

Location (Sta.)

.n

Category

Seismic
acceleration ()

Application

Note

0+000 ~ 26+500

0.4~0.5(0.45)

0.21

No reinforcement till
H=10m

Zone-2

26+500 ~ 99+000

0.3~0.4(0.35)

0.18

No reinforcement till
H=20m

Zone-3

99+000 ~ End

0.25~0.3(0.275)

0.15

No reinforcement till
H=20m

ww
w

Zone-1

According to review result, all cases proved to be stable irrespective of cut


height but when seismic acceleration is 0.21, reinforcement is needed to

cut

height 10m or higher.

Maximum cut slope height in zone-2 is 20m or less. However, no reinforcement


is required till 20m in zone-2. No reinforcement is required in zone-1,3
because cut slope height is less than 10m.
7-131

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

B. North section

Slope stability review depending on height at normal state and earthquake


was conducted and the result is as described below
<Table 7-74> Analysis result

Analysis result
Inclination
applied

When earthquake (Fs>1.1)

Note

Normal
state
(Fs>1.3)

=0.18

=0.21

=0.23

1.582

1.476

1.411

O.K

1.263

1.192

1.146

O.K

PD
F

Category

Cut
height
(m)

Decision

5.0

1 : 2.0

2.017

Case-2

10.0

1 : 2.0

1.592

Case-3

15.0

1 : 2.0

1.532

1.124

1.062(N.G)

1.024(N.G)

Case-4

20.0

1 : 2.0

1.388

1.104

1.041(N.G)

1.002(N.G)

via

Case-1

ee

<Table 7-75> Application by section


Location (Sta.)

Seismic
acceleration ()

Application

Note

Zone-1

0+000 ~ 47+500

0.3~0.4(0.35)

0.18

No reinforcement till
H=20m

0.4~0.5(0.45)

0.21

No reinforcement till
H=10m

.n

Category

47+500 ~ 124+000

ww
w

Zone-2

Zone-3

124+000 ~ 217+500

0.5~0.6(0.55)

0.23

No reinforcement
till=10m

Zone-4

217+500 ~ End

0.4~0.5(0.45)

0.21

No reinforcement
till=10m

According to review result, all cases proved to be stable irrespective of cut


height but when earthquake acceleration is 0.21, reinforcement is needed to
cut height 10m or higher.

7-132

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.4.4 Improvement of Unstable Section

Unstable slope improvement methods include slope mitigation and soil nailing
method but given the shortage of surplus soil, slope mitigation method was
adopted

A. Review of stability of slope mitigation method

Review result of slope mitigation method at unstable slope section is as

Case-1

When earthquake (Fs>1.1)

Inclination
applied

=0.21

17.5

Case-3

19.0

Note
Decision

Analysis Decision Analysis Decision


1 : 2.3

1.123

1 : 2.5

1 : 2.3

1.170

1 : 2.5

1 : 3.0

15.0

Case-2

=0.23

O.K

1.080

N.G

1.120

O.K

O.K

1.082

N.G

1.128

O.K

via

Category

Cut
height
(m)

PD
F

follows:

1:2.5
north
section
1:3.0

2) Slope inclination applied to unstable section

ee

<Table 7-76> Slope mitigation in north section


Section

Location

Length
(m)

Max cut
height (m)

Gradient

STA. 082+675

STA. 082+825

150

13.0

1 : 2.5

Zone-2

STA. 095+725

STA. 095+825

100

11.0

1 : 2.5

Zone-3

STA. 098+620

STA. 098+830

210

14.5

1 : 2.5

Zone-4

STA. 105+060

STA. 105+480

420

17.5

1 : 2.5

Zone-5

STA. 124+225

STA. 124+275

50

10.5

1 : 2.5

Zone-6

STA. 157+725

STA. 158+025

300

19.0

1 : 3.0

Zone-7

STA. 158+975

STA. 159+125

150

12.0

1 : 2.5

Zone-8

STA. 260+875

STA. 260+925

50

11.5

1 : 2.5

Zone-9

STA. 261+850

STA. 261+900

50

15.0

1 : 2.5

Zone-10

STA. 262+100

STA. 262+150

50

13.0

1 : 2.5

Zone-11

STA. 275+425

STA. 275+475

50

11.0

1 : 2.5

Zone-12

STA. 329+925

STA. 330+025

100

14.0

1 : 2.5

ww
w

.n

Zone-1

Total

Note

1,680

7-133

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.5 Bridge Foundation Plan


7.5.1 Design Summary

Determination of optimal bridge foundation in stability and cost efficiency, considering


site condition (ground condition & surrounding environment)

Bridge foundation shall function to transfer the load on super/substructure to the


ground and meet the following conditions.

PD
F

Bearing force : which shall be sufficient to secure the safety factor against
shear failure by the load to the bottom of the foundation
Displacement : shall be within the allowable limit vertically and horizontally
Section : which shall grant the service life of the structure while the stress
on structure will not exceed the allowable limit.

7.5.2 Bridges
are as follow.

A. South section

via

Major bridges among 74 in south and 151 in north to cross the river and road

<Table 7-77> Bridges at south section


Bridge

Type

Section(No.)

v-girder

0+721.00

70

pile

piling

MARTAPURA-2

v-girder

2+037.50

35

pile

piling

MARTAPURA-3

RC Rahmen

2+915.00

15

pile

piling

KEKAH-1

v-girder

3+639.00

40

pile

piling

KEKAH-2

jointless

4+082.00

25

pile

piling

CAMPANG-1

jointless

6+931.00

25

pile

piling

TULUNGAGUNG

RC Rahmen

10+261.50

15

pile

piling

GUNUNGAGUNG DUA-1

RC Rahmen

15+666.00

15

pile

piling

GUNUNGAGUNG DUA-2

jointless

17+030.50

25

pile

piling

TULUNGSEMAK-1

jointless

17+493.00

25

pile

piling

TULUNGSEMAK-2

RC Rahmen

18+350.00

15

pile

piling

PAJARGUNUNG

RC Rahmen

20+253.00

15

pile

piling

SIDANGTERLILIR

RC Rahmen

23+248.50

15

pile

piling

ww
w

.n

ee

MARTAPURA-1

7-134

L (m) Foundation Method

Note

Type

Section(No.)

L (m) Foundation Method

MANUKRAKAK

v-girder

24+969.00

70

GUNUNGHARAPAN

jointless

27+298.50

20

KUCING RAMBIMUDI

v-girder

33+574.00

70

BUYUNG PELAWAN

v-girder

47+902.50

105

KIBANGBUDIJAYA

jointless

61+464.00

20

WAIANDAK

jointless

PAGARBUANA

jointless

INDRALOKA DUA

jointless

GEDUNGBOGA

jointless

HARAPANJAYA-1

v-girder

HARAPANJAYA-2

v-girder

LEBUNGBUNO-1

RC Rahmen

LEBUNGBUNO-2

pile

piling

pile

piling

pile

piling

pile

piling

pile

piling

PD
F

Bridge

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

25

pile

piling

73+885.00

25

pile

piling

79+312.00

20

pile

piling

90+145.80

20

pile

piling

98+697.50

40

pile

piling

99+047.50

35

pile

piling

103+313.00

15

pile

piling

v-girder

104+038.80

80

pile

piling

LEBUNGBUNO-3

RC Rahmen

104+262.30

15

pile

piling

MARGORAHAYU

RC Rahmen

106+319.00

15

pile

piling

ee

via

66+073.00

v-girder

108+568.00

70

pile

piling

SUKAMUKTI

jointless

120+426.00

20

pile

piling

MEKARWANGI

jointless

124+796.00

20

pile

piling

PALEMBANG

jointless

125+980.00

20

pile

piling

MATARAMJAYA

jointless

128+854.00

20

pile

piling

SUKASARI

jointless

133+412.70

20

pile

piling

PEDAMARATN-1

jointless

139+810.00

25

pile

piling

PEDAMARATN-2

RC Rahmen

147+363.50

15

pile

piling

TANJUNG-1

v-girder

155+507.50

35

pile

piling

TANJUNG-2

jointless

158+062.00

25

pile

piling

TANJUNG-3

jointless

161+494.00

20

pile

piling

TANJUNG-4

v-girder

162+689.50

40

pile

piling

ww
w

.n

SERDANG PECOH

Note

7-135

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Type

Section(No.)

L (m)

TANJUNG-5

RC Rahmen

166+105.00

15

KUTARAJA

jointless

178+927.00

20

SIMPANG KIJANG-1

v-girder

182+750.00

160

SIMPANG KIJANG-2

v-girder

183+315.00

35

MENGGALA IC

jointless

1+030.45

60

KAYAUGUNG IC

RC Rahmen

1+401.50

15

B. North section

Foundation Method Note


pile

piling

pile

piling

pile

piling

pile

piling

pile

piling

pile

piling

PD
F

Bridge

<Table 7-78> Bridges in north section


Type

Section(No.)

L (m)

WONOREJO-1

jointless

7+185.00

25

pile

piling

WONOREJO-2

v-girder bridge

11+309.50

45

pile

piling

BASI-1

RC Rahmen

17+569.00

15

pile

piling

BASI-2

v-girder bridge

18+531.20

80

pile

piling

BASI-3

v-girder bridge

25+058.50

105

pile

piling

RANTAUKOPAR-1

v-girder bridge

28+099.50

35

pile

piling

RANTAUKOPAR-2

v-girder bridge

29+796.00

70

pile

piling

RANTAUKOPAR-3

v-girder bridge

38+446.00

200

pile

piling

RANTAUKOPAR-4

RC Rahmen

38+784.00

15

pile

piling

MANGGALAKOTA-1

v-girder bridge

43+920.30

35

pile

piling

.n

ee

via

Bridge

Foundation Method Note

jointless

53+853.10

20

pile

piling

MANGGALAKOTA-3

jointless

58+845.40

25

pile

piling

TANAHPUTIH-1

v-girder bridge

73+594.50

40

pile

piling

BAGAN BAKTI-1

v-girder bridge

93+150.00

40

pile

piling

BAGAN BATU-1

RC Rahmen

123+418.00

15

pile

piling

PINANG-1

jointless

135+059.40

20

pile

piling

PINANG-2

v-girder bridge

140+381.00

35

pile

piling

PINANG-3

v-girder bridge

143+914.50

35

pile

piling

PINANG-4

v-girder bridge

145+866.00

90

pile

piling

PINANG-5

v-girder bridge

148+464.00

120

pile

piling

ww
w

MANGGALAKOTA-2

7-136

Type

Section(No.)

L (m) Foundation Method Note

TANJUNG MEDAN

v-girder bridge

161+273.50

35

PANGKATATN-1

v-girder bridge

175+185.00

45

PANGKATATN-2

jointless

177+879.00

25

AEK NABARA

v-girder bridge

181+629.00

105

SUKARAME

jointless

184+090.80

25

BANDARSANTOSO

v-girder bridge

197+813.50

105

PEDUMAAN

jointless

KARANJANYAR

jointless

TAPIANNAULI

jointless

MUKATANI

v-girder bridge

KIUALATAN

v-girder bridge

DANAULADI

v-girder bridge

PERMANAKAN

jointless

pile

piling

pile

piling

pile

piling

pile

piling

pile

piling

pile

piling

PD
F

Bridge

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

25

pile

piling

208+975.00

50

pile

piling

220+575.10

25

pile

piling

221+331.50

45

pile

piling

223+804.30

105

pile

piling

229+809.30

40

pile

piling

235+135.70

25

pile

piling

via

199+110.10

v-girder bridge

253+769.30

35

pile

piling

AFDELING-2

v-girder bridge

256+242.30

90

pile

piling

PONOROGO-1

v-girder bridge

268+866.50

35

pile

piling

PONOROGO-2

v-girder bridge

268+984.10

35

pile

piling

ee

AFDELING-1

v-girder bridge

269+269.30

45

pile

piling

SIDATUBATU-1

v-girder bridge

282+139.92

120

pile

piling

SIDATUBATU-2

v-girder bridge

283+660.30

35

pile

piling

SIDOKEN

v-girder bridge

289+591.10

35

pile

piling

PORODOK-1

jointless

294+622.20

25

pile

piling

PORODOK-2

jointless

296+505.50

25

pile

piling

AFDELING

jointless

299+192.30

25

pile

piling

RINGANRINGAN

jointless

304+122.90

25

pile

piling

PANOMBEAN

jointless

313+429.70

25

pile

piling

MANGKE-1

v-girder bridge

316+700.00

35

pile

piling

MANGKE-2

v-girder bridge

317+364.60

40

pile

piling

MANGKE-3

v-girder bridge

317+599.70

35

pile

piling

ww
w

.n

PONOROGO-3

7-137

Bridge

Type

Section(No.)

L (m)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Foundation Method Note

v-girder bridge 325+292.60

120

pile

piling

MOROREJO-2

v-girder bridge

325+436.10

45

pile

piling

MOROREJO-3

v-girder bridge 326+913.00

140

pile

piling

MOROREJO-4

v-girder bridge

327+840.10

135

pile

piling

PERTIMBALAN-1

jointless

332+023.20

25

pile

piling

PERTIMBALAN-2

jointless

334+841.00

25

pile

piling

PERTIMBALAN-3

v-girder bridge 335+001.60

70

pile

piling

PERTIMBALAN-4

v-girder bridge 338+080.90

45

pile

piling

PENGGALANGAN-1

v-girder bridge 344+076.00

35

pile

piling

PENGGALANGAN-2

v-girder bridge 345+626.20

35

pile

piling

BINJAI

v-girder bridge 347+970.90

70

pile

piling

via

PD
F

MOROREJO-1

PAYA-1

jointless

353+106.40

25

pile

piling

PAYA-2

v-girder bridge

353+716.70

45

pile

piling

PAYA-3

v-girder bridge 353+936.00

45

pile

piling

1+250.49

60

pile

piling

jointless

ee

DUMAI IC

jointless

1+222.77

60

pile

piling

BAGAN BATU IC

jointless

1+260.24

60

pile

piling

KOTAPINANG IC

jointless

3+209.56

60

pile

piling

RANTAUPRAPAT IC

jointless

1+160.00

60

pile

piling

KUALAHULU IC

jointless

3+764.19

60

pile

piling

KISARAN IC

jointless

1+000.34

60

pile

piling

jointless

2+130.00

60

pile

piling

ww
w

.n

SEDINGINAN IC

TEBING TINGGI IC

7-138

7.5.3 Review of Foundation Stability


A. Review method
1) Estimate of bearing capacity of pile foundation

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Estimate was made by the equation using standard penetration test result
(Modified Meyerhof)

<Table 7-79> Estimate of bearing capacity of driven pile

Ultimate end bearing capacity Ultimate friction force per unit


per unit area qB(kN/)
area fs(kN/)

PD
F

Category

20N(N50)(sandy soil)
N or cu (adhesive soil)

200N(15,000)
Driven
pile

where,

Note

Case-1

N :SPT N value

cu :undrained shear strength (kPa)

Category

via

<Table 7-80> Estimate of bearing capacity of bored pile


Ultimate end bearing capacity Ultimate friction force per unit
per unit area qB(kN/)
area fs(kN/)

ee

200N(12,000)(sandy soil)
6cu(12,000)(cohesive soil)

Bored
pile

250N (N60)

.n

where,

Note

2.5N(N50)(sandy soil)
0.8cu(cu125)(cohesive soil)

Case-2

2.0N (sandy soil)


5.0qu (cohesive soil)

Case-3

N :SPT N value

cu :undrained shear strength (kPa)

qu :uniaxial compression strength (kPa)

ww
w

<Table 7-81> Vertical bearing capacity by pile material

Calculation method

Note
where,

Qa :Allowable bearing capacity of pile body (kN/piece)


1 :reduction factor of slenderness ratio

(L/D-100)100(%)
2 :reduction factor of joint
5%/ea (welding joint)
c :allowable compressive stress of material

7-139

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

2) Estimate of negative skin friction force

Negative skin friction force is known to occur under following conditions and

in this review, pile bearing capacity was estimated in case of consolidated

settlement due to abutment bank and in case of excessive pore water


pressure due to piling, taking into account of negative skin friction force.

- driven pile : negative skin friction force by dispersion of excessive pore


water pressure during piling

PD
F

- bored pile : No negative skin friction force on pier was assumed but
occurred on abutment by settlement due to embankment
<Table 7-82> Condition of negative skin friction force
Classification

Conditions

When total surface settlement was greater than 100m


When surface settlement after piling was greater than 10mm
Briaud &
Tueker
(1993)

When embankment height on surface was higher than 2m

via

When soft ground is thicker than 10m

When ground water level was less than 4m


When pile length is 25m or longer
Relative displacement between pile and ground
Relative displacement between pile and ground below consolidated level

Tomlinson
(1995)

Elastic settlement of pile

US Federal
Highway

ee

Consolidated settlement of ground


When relative displacement between soil and pile is 10~12mm

<Table 7-83> Review of negative skin friction force

Location

Soft ground
depth (m)

Cause

A1

3.8

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

A2

3.8

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

A1

5.0

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

A2

5.0

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

A1

12.5

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

A2

12.5

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

A1

5.5

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

A2

5.5

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

A1

15.0

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

A2

15.0

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

A1

10.0

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

A2

10.0

settlement by the backfill load of abutment

.n

Bridge

ww
w

SERDANG PECOH

SUKAMUKTI

WONOREJO-2

AEK NABARA

KIUALATAN

TANAHPUTIH-1

7-140

Note

B. Review result

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Stability of bridge foundation near boring test site was evaluated.


<Table 7-84> South section

Structure

MARATAPURA-1

Point

Type of pile

Bearing
layer
(N)

A1

Steel 508-t12

60

SBB-1
P1

A1
MANUKRAKAK

SBB-2

ww
w

SERDANG PECOH

SUKAMUKTI

SIMPANG KIJANG-1

KUTARAJA

963.2

60

8.0

839.9

Steel 508-t12

40

16.5

855.8

PHC 500

40

9.0

691.4

Steel 508-t12

43

14.0

720.0

P1

PHC 500

43

8.0

612.7

A1

Steel 508-t12

45

17.5

1,117.7

A1

Steel 508-t12

60

20.0

876.2

P1

PHC 500

60

11.0

920.0

A1

Steel 508-t12

60

12.0

692.1

A1

Steel 508-t12

28

36.0

783.2

P1

PHC 500

28

25.5

658.8

A1

Steel 508-t12

39

35.5

1,178.2

SBB-3

SBB-4

.n

HARAPANJAYA-1

19.0

A1

ee

BUYUNG PELAWAN

Allowable
bearing
capacity
(kN/EA)

PHC 500

via

P1

Pile
depth
(m)

PD
F

Bore
hole

SBB-5

SBB-6

SBB-7

SSB-1

7-141

<Table 7-85> North section

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Pile
depth
(m)

Allowable
bearing
capacity
(kN/EA)

Structure

Bore
hole

Point

Type of pile

Bearing
layer
(N)

WONOREJO-2

NBB-1

A1

Steel 508-t12

60

16.5

777.0

A1

Steel 508-t12

60

8.0

968.6

NBB-2
PHC 500

60

6.0

903.5

Steel 508-t12

60

16.5

1,345.1

Steel 508-t12

40

31.5

1,276.6

PHC 500

40

30.0

1,225.2

Steel 508-t12

60

24.5

1,088.0

P1

PHC 500

60

18.5

1,190.8

A1

Steel 508-t12

17

35.5

558.3

P1

PHC 500

17

30.0

661.4

A1

Steel 508-t12

60

15.0

1,288.1

P1

PHC 500

60

6.0

932.9

P1
BAGAN BAKTI-1

NBB-3

A1
A1

PINANG-5

NBB-4
P1

NBB-5

NBB-6

ee

KIUALATAN

via

A1

AEK NABARA

.n

AFDELING-2

PD
F

RANTAUKOPAR-3

NBB-7

NBB-8

A1

Steel 508-t12

60

16.5

1,215.9

SIDATUBATU-1

NBB-9

A1

Steel 508-t12

60

11.5

915.6

MANGKE-3

NBB-10

A1

Steel 508-t12

60

18.0

1,028.2

A1

Steel 508-t12

60

14.0

817.6

PERTIMBALAN-3

NBB-11
P1

PHC 500

60

8.0

706.4

A1

Steel 508-t12

60

12.0

725.5

ww
w

PONOROGO-3

TANAHPUTIH-1

7-142

NSB-1

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.6 Drainage Plan


7.6.1 Summary

Road drainage facilities are important to maintain the road structure which is
also critical to road function.

Topographic, climatic and geologic conditions at the site shall be considered in

considered in operating road.

PD
F

designing the drainage facilities and cleaning and maintenance shall also be

Hydrological analysis considered existing drainage facilities, channel, residential


area shape and upstream and downstream.

Design criteria was determined referring to local standards, existing drainage


structure and drainage plan was developed by section based on established
standard

via

Based on data, analysis and site investigation, drainage facilities including box
culvert, pipe culvert, road surface drainage and slope drainage were designed.
Due to lack of local data for hydrological analysis and on existing facilities, a
plan was developed through site survey and topographic data and interview

ee

with the residents.

7.6.2 Design Criteria

Drainage plan shall be based in following design criteria.

.n

1. Sri Harto. : "Analysis of Hydrology", Scholastic Press, Jakarta, 1993.


2. Suyono Sosrodarsono: "Hydrology for Water", Pradnya Paramita, Jakarta, 1993.
3. Joesroen Loebis: "Plans for Building Flood Water", the Foundation Board of

ww
w

the Issuer Public Works, Jakarta, 1992.

4. Ray K Linsley Jr. : "Hydrology for Engineers", McGraw, Jakarta, 1986.


5. National Standards Council: Planning Procedures for Road Surface Drainage ",
Foundation Publishers Board of Public Works, Jakarta, 1994.

6. Ven Te Chow: "Open Channel Hydraulics", grants, Jakarta, 1992.


7. National Standard of Indonesia, SNI 03-3424-1994, National Standards Council
(DSN)

7-143

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.6.3 Design Rainfall Frequency

Design rainfall frequency shall be determined taking into consideration of importance

of the facilities, importance and risk when effluent is more than design flood
rate, cost efficiency and regional characteristics.

Design rainfall frequency for structure plan and drainage plan was based on the
following.

<Table 7-86> Design rainfall frequency and freeboard


Residential area and channel

frequency
(year)

freeboard (m)

Large river (CA > 15)

100

2.0

stream/channel (15 >CA >0.3)

50

1.0

drainage pipe (CA < 0.3)

25

0.5

ditch

0.3

via

7.6.4 Design Rainfall Intensity

PD
F

No.

Its calculated according to Haspers equation.


- t < 2h

tR
t I 0.0008(260 R )(2 t ) 2

r
t

ee

< mm/h >

- 2h < t < 19h

tR
tI

.n

r
I

< mm/hours >

t 0.1L0.2 S 0.3

ww
w

where

r
t

with :
t

= probable rainfall, mm

= rainfall intensity, mm/hours

= channel length, km

= channel slope

7-144

concentration time, hours

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.6.5 Calculation of Design Flood Rate


Calculation was made using Rational formula

C = Runoff coefficient
I

= Rainfall intensity, mm/hours

7.6.6 Runoff Coefficient


Runoff coefficient is as follows.

PD
F

A = Basin area, Km

<Table 7-87> Runoff Coefficient


Surface condition
1. Concrete / asphalt road
2. Metaled road and unpaved road
fine soil
coarse soil
coarse aggregate
coarse soft rock
4. Urban area

ee

5. Suburban area

via

3. Shoulder :

Runoff coefficient (C) *


0,70 - 0,95

0,40 - 0,70

0,40 - 0,65
0,10 - 0,20
0,70 - 0,85
0,60 - 0,75
0,70 - 0,95
0,60 - 0,70
0,60 - 0,90

7. Densely populated residential region

0,40 - 0,60

8. Densely populated residential area

0,40 - 0,60

9. park & garden

0,20 - 0,40

10. Farmland

0,45 - 0,60

11. Hill

.n

6. Industrial area

12. Mountain

0,70 - 0,80
0,75 - 0,90

ww
w

Discharge capacity is estimated using rational formula to determine the flow rate
in view of difficulty of gathering various data.

7.6.7 Capacity of Channel


Capacity of open channel is calculated as follows:
Q

= V x A

1 2 3 12
R S A
n

A
r

7-145

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

where,
= flow rate, /sec

= flow velocity, m/sec

= cross section area,

= roughness coefficient

= inlet diameter, m

= channel gradient, %

= wetted perimeter of channel, m

PD
F

Roughness coefficient is as Table below

<Table 7-88> Roughness coefficient


Channel condition
1. Cement & asphalt concrete

3. Smooth surface
4. Rough section
5. Grass
6. Forest

0,013
0,020
0,10
0,20
0,40
0,60
0,80

ee

7. Thick forest and grass

via

2. Smooth waterproof material surface

7.6.8 Determination of Section of Drainage Facilities


Drainage facility's size shall be determined based on design flood discharge

.n

calculated according to hydrological data and rainfall record but due to lack of
data

available,

the

size

and

section

were

determined

based

on

site

investigation, interview with the residents and survey data (channel width and

ww
w

type)

A. Drainage pipe culvert


Taking into account of availability to the sites, RCP(Reinforced Concrete PIPE)
was adopted to improve the applicability and work efficiency and the size
1000mm was adopted for maintenance efficiency.

B. Drainage box culvert


Drainage box culvert is planned with 3.0m2.0m based on data and site
survey, considering maintenance efficiency.

7-146

7.6.9 Type of Drainage Facilities

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Various facilities including ditch(DS), median strip drainage(DC), box culvert and

ee

via

PD
F

pipe culvert. The types of drainage facility are as follows:

ww
w

.n

<Figure 7-28> Road surface drainage facility

<Figure 7-29> Cross section of side ditches

7-147

PD
F

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

ee

via

<Figure 7-30> Traversing drainage pipe

ww
w

.n

<Figure 7-31> Box culvert

7-148

<Figure 7-32> Median Strip drainage

13.02.0

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

38

2,399.96

13.03.0

22

1,297.29

14.04.0

10

531.89

23.02.0

17

819.68

23.03.0

51.61

24.04.0

248.15

92

5,348.58

184

10,585.97

Traversing drainage plan is as follows

<Table 7-89> Total of Transverse Drainage structures


Classification
Reinforced
Concrete
PIPE

No.

Size

Unit

Count
(piece)

11000

mm

17

921.72

21000

mm

75

4,315.67

92

5,237.39

South Section

PD
F

SUM

BOX Culvert

via

SUM

Grand Total

Reinforced
Concrete
PIPE

11000

mm

73

3,979.41

21000

mm

167

9,078.63

240

13,058.04

SUM

ww
w
North Section
(Feeder Toll
Road)

13.02.0

62

3,786.13

13.03.0

22

1,206.40

14.04.0

20

1,180.42

23.02.0

37

1,633.07

23.03.0

11

578.49

24.04.0

466.95

ee

Remark
s

BOX Culvert

.n

North Section
(Main Road)

Length
(m)

SUM

161

8,851.46

Grand Total

401

21,909.50

Reinforced
Concrete
PIPE

11000

mm

110.17

21000

mm

477.44

10

587.61

SUM
BOX Culvert

13.02.0

106.48

13.03.0

67.50

23.02.0

49.06

SUM

223.04

Grand Total

14

810.65

7-149

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-90> Plan of Crossing Pipe List(South Section)


NO.

STATION

Class.

STA.007+174.87

SIZE(Dia:cm)

ELEV.

SKEW

LENGTH

()

82.34

53.68

84.61

47.12

84.37

44.38

80.59

56.44

90.84

58.75

2100

pipe

53.68

31.95

STA.007+351.56

pipe

47.12

31.73

STA.014+384.97

pipe

44.38

31.51

STA.015+195.76

pipe

56.44

31.30

STA.015+395.86

pipe

58.75

31.19

STA.019+003.14

pipe

39.24

27.57

120.39

39.24

STA.029+501.10

pipe

50.44

15.60

66.50

50.44

STA.030+074.31

pipe

53.60

23.42

58.21

53.60

STA.031+989.90

pipe

45.33

15.47

113.87

45.33

10

STA.032+650.38

pipe

51.28

15.78

108.41

51.28

11

STA.034+500.00

pipe

59.52

19.51

130.00

59.52

12

STA.036+015.94

pipe

62.22

22.21

117.70

62.22

13

STA.036+344.73

pipe

51.59

22.55

57.64

51.59

14

STA.038+700.00

pipe

62.92

21.87

88.12

62.92

15

STA.039+600.00

pipe

52.51

23.65

90.00

52.51

16

STA.046+300.00

pipe

63.49

5.31

49.00

63.49

17

STA.047+123.19

pipe

59.55

5.32

137.69

59.55

18

STA.049+402.57

pipe

41.02

3.69

84.05

41.02

19

STA.051+860.00

pipe

63.83

6.13

72.00

63.83

20

STA.052+800.00

pipe

77.79

15.42

60.36

77.79

21

STA.056+900.00

pipe

83.37

19.19

56.46

83.37

22

STA.057+775.87

pipe

69.30

26.29

126.65

69.30

via

ee

.n

ww
w

PD
F

1100

23

STA.058+280.22

pipe

89.60

27.31

42.57

89.60

24

STA.060+550.00

pipe

74.41

28.10

105.15

74.41

25

STA.061+398.30

pipe

77.68

24.95

135.54

77.68

26

STA.062+073.95

pipe

36.84

25.28

92.95

36.84

27

STA.063+000.00

pipe

75.42

15.43

42.64

75.42

28

STA.063+137.54

pipe

66.71

14.03

55.00

66.71

29

STA.066+594.92

pipe

77.41

13.75

137.02

77.41

30

STA.067+807.53

pipe

54.96

17.96

93.50

54.96

7-150

Remarks

NO.

STATION

Class.

31

STA.075+261.00

32

SIZE(Dia:cm)

ELEV.

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

SKEW

LENGTH

()

90.00

84.46

115.00

48.82

82.57

42.64

46.00

62.58

90.00

47.91

105.95

71.02

33.52

78.00

48.29

56.37

20.15

110.00

56.37

53.43

12.53

112.00

54.43

48.97

12.09

90.00

48.97

45.48

10.93

100.25

45.48

1.70

45.25

66.53

2100

pipe

84.46

33.98

STA.076+950.00

pipe

48.82

30.55

33

STA.077+482.37

pipe

42.64

34.09

34

STA.077+800.00

pipe

62.58

36.78

35

STA.083+820.00

pipe

47.91

31.21

36

STA.084+870.34

pipe

71.02

22.10

37

STA.092+750.00

pipe

48.29

38

STA.094+030.00

pipe

39

STA.096+130.00

pipe

40

STA.096+400.00

pipe

41

STA.096+946.91

pipe

42

STA.110+206.09

pipe

66.53

43

STA.110+300.00

pipe

55.86

0.26

90.00

55.86

44

STA.111+469.90

pipe

63.52

1.07

63.91

63.52

45

STA.113+750.00

pipe

62.80

5.89

52.00

62.80

46

STA.114+300.00

pipe

60.09

10.42

90.00

60.09

47

STA.115+009.43

pipe

58.38

10.62

82.48

58.38

48

STA.121+400.00

pipe

67.20

8.54

50.00

67.20

49

STA.122+350.00

pipe

63.34

6.10

43.00

63.34

50

STA.127+220.00

pipe

82.84

8.43

49.00

82.84

51

STA.131+550.00

pipe

50.72

7.16

64.65

50.72

52

STA.135+690.00

pipe

49.04

25.51

116.00

49.04

53

STA.136+550.00

pipe

65.68

14.83

127.00

65.68

54

STA.137+150.00

pipe

76.23

12.83

75.00

76.23

55

STA.143+800.00

pipe

59.85

17.99

131.00

59.85

56

STA.155+249.84

pipe

65.73

9.82

54.91

65.73

57

STA.155+629.75

pipe

75.38

8.60

51.75

75.38

58

STA.158+962.24

pipe

54.19

8.57

55.87

54.19

59

STA.159+269.19

pipe

56.17

8.53

55.97

56.17

60

STA.159+668.93

pipe

50.08

8.79

55.97

50.08

61

STA.160+277.96

pipe

55.26

8.16

56.35

55.26

via

ee

.n

ww
w

PD
F

1100

Remarks

7-151

NO.

STATION

Class.

62

STA.160+590.92

63

SIZE(Dia:cm)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

ELEV.

SKEW

LENGTH

()

57.57

55.93

55.97

53.00

55.93

58.32

2100

pipe

55.93

8.29

STA.160+879.22

pipe

53.00

8.45

64

STA.161+179.37

pipe

58.32

8.62

65

STA.161+622.27

pipe

65.75

8.74

120.00

65.75

66

STA.164+323.09

pipe

57.85

10.28

82.59

57.85

67

STA.165+520.50

pipe

45.80

10.85

86.38

45.80

68

STA.165+796.59

pipe

43.99

10.80

97.50

43.99

69

STA.165+934.07

pipe

41.95

10.79

92.10

41.95

70

STA.166+435.51

pipe

38.51

10.78

90.00

38.51

71

STA.167+183.65

pipe

47.31

9.88

93.97

47.31

72

STA.167+460.84

pipe

43.07

10.62

105.34

43.07

73

STA.167+755.02

pipe

41.76

10.75

105.17

41.76

74

STA.167+973.53

pipe

46.05

9.77

100.30

46.05

75

STA.168+995.10

pipe

42.47

8.75

108.52

42.47

76

STA.169+346.53

pipe

42.03

8.73

101.23

42.03

77

STA.170+065.35

pipe

48.92

9.07

98.93

48.92

78

STA.170+426.85

pipe

45.50

9.29

98.89

45.50

79

STA.170+784.42

pipe

41.14

9.04

99.20

41.14

80

STA.171+147.16

pipe

40.60

8.84

99.16

40.60

81

STA.171+457.87

pipe

43.82

9.31

72.97

43.82

82

STA.171+704.82

pipe

72.91

8.99

41.19

72.91

83

STA.172+280.41

pipe

70.89

9.10

40.25

70.89

84

STA.172+860.85

pipe

57.28

8.47

43.55

57.28

via

ee

.n

ww
w

PD
F

1100

85

STA.173+300.00

pipe

62.53

9.08

44.78

62.53

86

STA.173+778.06

pipe

69.27

9.12

44.04

69.27

87

STA.175+491.39

pipe

51.68

8.30

128.46

51.68

88

STA.175+698.59

pipe

41.37

8.33

85.59

41.37

89

STA.176+208.19

pipe

46.41

8.59

111.58

46.41

90

STA.176+618.83

pipe

51.24

8.71

113.39

51.24

91

STA.177+289.32

pipe

63.02

8.14

44.60

63.02

92

STA.177+443.58

pipe

57.76

8.13

52.07

57.76

7-152

Remarks

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-91> Plan of Box Culvert List(South Section)


NO.

STATION

Class.

STA.003+181.99

BOX SIZE(m)

ELEV.

SKEW

LENGTH

()

64.00

63.11

90.00

89.98

74.45

57.27

67.00

52.99

112.00

65.34

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

30.36

STA.003+450.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

29.43

STA.006+581.23

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

30.88

STA.009+650.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

26.58

STA.012+350.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

26.52

STA.013+500.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

24.88

67.00

51.46

STA.016+383.22

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

29.96

79.53

49.07

STA.017+871.60

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

29.86

81.64

59.66

STA.018+567.57

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

26.30

98.11

50.51

10

STA.019+420.14

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

23.79

84.69

38.93

11

STA.020+076.55

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

27.14

45.40

64.11

12

STA.021+200.00

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

20.28

120.00

51.61

13

STA.027+650.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

23.11

60.00

77.26

14

STA.028+119.65

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

15.38

120.00

61.80

15

STA.031+425.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

19.64

67.00

52.40

16

STA.037+342.62

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

23.13

93.84

52.21

17

STA.041+312.74

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

6.11

74.41

40.18

18

STA.042+630.23

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

16.56

66.00

45.47

19

STA.043+450.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

27.57

68.00

48.07

20

STA.045+230.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.00

72.00

52.46

21

STA.046+001.04

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

3.54

114.91

46.84

22

STA.055+533.60

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

14.90

79.74

59.28

via

ee

.n

ww
w

PD
F

23

STA.059+800.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

31.61

60.00

81.28

24

STA.064+953.91

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

12.82

87.25

48.06

25

STA.068+650.44

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

17.72

89.16

57.94

26

STA.070+034.53

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

24.73

96.81

100.75

27

STA.071+233.49

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

28.61

89.85

52.87

28

STA.071+798.34

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

34.01

89.98

37.83

29

STA.072+300.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

34.10

60.00

79.53

30

STA.076+190.72

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

26.08

98.83

50.91

Remarks

7-153

NO.

STATION

Class.

31

STA.078+650.00

32

BOX SIZE(m)

ELEV.

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

SKEW

LENGTH

()

60.00

72.14

95.82

82.32

69.00

56.28

67.73

80.89

99.46

46.82

60.00

78.56

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

42.62

STA.079+728.46

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

29.07

33

STA.080+250.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

33.48

34

STA.082+495.46

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

33.60

35

STA.084+765.73

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

25.83

36

STA.085+038.38

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

25.34

37

STA.085+860.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

29.99

90.00

77.13

38

STA.086+492.52

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

22.00

86.55

42.67

39

STA.087+555.04

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

22.01

68.29

72.44

40

STA.088+765.41

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

30.12

60.00

70.80

41

STA.089+852.87

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

16.39

63.17

50.86

42

STA.090+216.16

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

18.57

58.39

65.11

43

STA.092+073.94

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

25.18

65.27

75.08

44

STA.098+259.32

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

7.97

91.20

91.20

45

STA.098+930.00

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

11.27

90.00

127.19

46

STA.099+880.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

9.07

126.00

68.26

47

STA.112+750.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

2.31

70.00

57.54

48

STA.116+050.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

13.66

60.00

78.92

49

STA.118+535.79

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

5.81

97.70

49.17

50

STA.119+150.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

7.32

67.00

55.94

51

STA.129+400.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

5.56

90.00

63.84

52

STA.130+879.32

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

7.97

91.20

71.82

53

STA.132+650.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

11.95

90.00

59.79

via

ee

.n

ww
w

PD
F

54

STA.133+250.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

12.00

90.00

49.69

55

STA.136+050.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

17.87

110.00

65.03

56

STA.139+414.26

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

6.89

60.00

57.68

57

STA.141+250.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

11.50

120.00

77.94

58

STA.141+974.48

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

8.48

82.25

48.83

59

STA.143+461.84

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

12.95

65.66

51.58

60

STA.145+350.00

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

19.02

116.00

89.17

61

STA.149+173.09

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

11.92

120.00

50.11

7-154

Remarks

NO.

STATION

Class.

62

STA.149+557.44

63

BOX SIZE(m)

ELEV.

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

SKEW

LENGTH

()

120.00

49.15

120.00

44.73

61.00

43.70

60.00

50.20

50.00

61.42

50.00

52.74

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

11.92

STA.150+409.37

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

12.30

64

STA.150+615.81

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

11.11

65

STA.154+649.48

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

10.45

66

STA.155+936.42

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

9.41

67

STA.156+230.86

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.42

68

STA.156+731.84

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

9.17

60.59

53.94

69

STA.157+152.73

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.54

50.50

59.88

70

STA.157+467.63

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.29

50.68

56.48

71

STA.157+773.14

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.59

51.07

65.35

72

STA.158+785.09

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

7.77

120.00

47.60

73

STA.159+944.07

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

7.35

91.79

41.52

74

STA.164+673.76

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

10.20

80.87

50.90

75

STA.169+173.68

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

7.85

105.39

41.82

76

STA.169+544.69

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

7.02

98.45

44.20

77

STA.169+882.95

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

8.04

98.50

47.09

78

STA.170+220.87

Box culvert

3.0

3.0

8.64

98.94

50.17

79

STA.170+609.14

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.62

98.27

43.41

80

STA.170+961.81

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.54

98.83

39.60

81

STA.171+324.52

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.56

98.85

43.21

82

STA.172+017.88

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

7.79

64.77

53.91

83

STA.172+553.26

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.23

64.77

46.47

84

STA.173+057.29

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.20

68.27

44.93

85

STA.173+579.87

Box culvert

4.0

4.0

8.26

68.27

51.14

86

STA.174+034.42

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

7.95

68.27

49.13

87

STA.174+286.12

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.37

68.27

43.98

88

STA.174+782.10

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

7.73

106.32

45.14

89

STA.175+115.97

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.37

120.44

54.66

90

STA.175+623.70

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

7.42

86.60

43.00

91

STA.176+333.72

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

8.33

111.16

48.26

92

STA.178+100.00

Box culvert

3.0

2.0

9.57

70.00

56.87

ww
w

.n

ee

via

PD
F

Remarks

7-155

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-92> Plan of Crossing Pipe List(North Section - Main)


NO.

STATION

Class.

STA.000+946.02

SIZE(Dia:cm)

SKEW

LENGTH

()

68.73

44.20

90.00

58.74

60.00

46.10

134.95

65.64

90.00

44.06

Remarks

pipe

44.20

18.31

STA.001+950.00

pipe

58.74

21.78

STA.008+863.06

pipe

46.10

9.49

STA.009+981.44

pipe

65.64

9.83

STA.010+142.67

pipe

44.06

9.90

STA.011+885.35

pipe

72.75

9.11

110.96

72.75

STA.012+265.24

pipe

69.36

9.14

91.33

69.36

STA.012+439.61

pipe

58.56

9.33

116.67

58.56

STA.013+002.90

pipe

72.65

8.71

137.65

72.65

10

STA.013+711.14

pipe

43.48

8.19

90.00

43.48

11

STA.014+093.56

pipe

42.50

7.99

92.90

42.50

12

STA.014+412.25

pipe

52.93

8.11

53.27

52.93

13

STA.014+603.80

pipe

65.42

8.12

42.88

65.42

14

STA.015+597.69

pipe

45.25

8.16

93.76

45.25

15

STA.016+080.38

pipe

40.61

8.08

98.41

40.61

16

STA.016+695.34

pipe

47.10

7.95

71.51

47.10

17

STA.038+214.45

pipe

58.71

4.97

71.43

58.71

18

STA.042+084.41

pipe

48.30

7.75

68.71

48.30

19

STA.042+432.63

pipe

49.45

8.54

90.00

49.45

20

STA.042+676.81

pipe

44.34

7.88

94.00

44.34

21

STA.042+842.76

pipe

42.83

7.81

97.17

42.83

22

STA.043+396.11

pipe

44.54

7.05

84.60

44.54

ee

.n

ww
w

PD
F

2100

via

1100

ELEV.

23

STA.043+484.18

pipe

50.09

7.88

79.39

50.09

24

STA.044+762.23

pipe

53.15

8.70

60.54

53.15

25

STA.045+002.54

pipe

50.89

8.79

97.47

50.89

26

STA.045+610.00

pipe

51.99

8.80

90.00

51.99

27

STA.045+976.77

pipe

60.17

6.55

132.46

60.17

28

STA.046+329.79

pipe

54.21

10.06

46.30

54.21

29

STA.046+690.00

pipe

39.37

11.13

90.00

39.37

30

STA.047+243.48

pipe

50.41

12.63

120.00

50.41

7-156

NO.

STATION

Class.

31

STA.047+287.70

32

SIZE(Dia:cm)

ELEV.

2100

pipe

45.79

12.46

STA.048+064.72

pipe

39.71

13.96

33

STA.048+559.94

pipe

41.83

14.73

34

STA.050+870.97

pipe

50.74

18.28

35

STA.051+986.02

pipe

41.55

24.05

36

STA.052+850.00

pipe

37

STA.058+585.95

pipe

38

STA.059+108.60

pipe

39

STA.064+150.00

pipe

40

STA.064+600.00

pipe

41

STA.066+130.00

pipe

42

STA.069+400.00

pipe

43

STA.072+084.77

pipe

44

STA.072+300.00

pipe

52.47

45

STA.074+755.33

pipe

46

STA.075+400.00

pipe

47

STA.075+900.00

pipe

45.18

48

STA.076+500.00

pipe

49

STA.076+779.81

pipe

46.73

50

STA.077+050.00

pipe

51

STA.078+100.00

pipe

52

STA.078+213.45

53

SKEW

LENGTH

()

109.58

45.79

110.54

39.71

107.46

41.83

57.00

50.74

92.33

41.55

PD
F

1100

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Remarks

52.71

27.87

126.26

52.71

58.41

10.72

90.00

58.41

53.94

11.32

93.76

53.94

51.87

14.39

90.00

51.87

56.86

15.02

68.00

56.86

49.50

18.55

115.00

49.50

16.34

51.23

64.13

67.48

9.57

108.53

67.48

10.14

90.00

52.47

45.68

6.95

60.00

45.68

62.52

8.06

129.00

62.52

14.43

64.00

45.18

44.28

9.15

121.94

44.28

10.90

90.00

46.73

58.44

10.96

71.00

58.44

58.22

23.95

130.00

58.22

pipe

56.86

33.39

60.31

56.86

STA.078+379.66

pipe

70.81

24.73

57.88

70.81

54

STA.078+700.00

pipe

64.78

31.24

49.00

64.78

55

STA.079+210.85

pipe

73.33

33.41

74.00

73.33

56

STA.079+380.00

pipe

69.64

35.57

52.00

69.64

57

STA.079+733.49

pipe

78.14

24.72

68.42

78.14

58

STA.080+470.00

pipe

50.84

22.37

90.00

50.84

59

STA.082+300.00

pipe

39.28

21.15

90.00

39.28

60

STA.082+500.00

pipe

62.91

20.86

134.00

62.91

ww
w

.n

ee

via

64.13

7-157

SIZE(Dia:cm)

ELEV.

NO.

STATION

Class.

61

STA.085+542.49

pipe

62

STA.086+570.00

pipe

63

STA.087+350.00

pipe

46.24

21.81

64

STA.088+330.00

pipe

36.80

34.37

65

STA.089+215.29

pipe

48.02

66

STA.089+550.00

pipe

42.20

67

STA.089+762.53

pipe

57.57

68

STA.090+240.00

pipe

42.53

69

STA.090+750.00

pipe

51.76

70

STA.091+040.00

pipe

71

STA.091+200.00

pipe

72

STA.095+350.00

pipe

73

STA.096+790.00

pipe

74

STA.097+500.00

pipe

75

STA.099+400.00

pipe

76

STA.099+900.00

pipe

77

STA.101+550.00

pipe

78

STA.102+350.00

79

1100

2100

41.49

13.84

58.91

15.82

33.92

SKEW

LENGTH

()

76.99

41.49

134.00

58.91

63.00

46.24

90.00

36.80

96.89

48.02

PD
F

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Remarks

36.55

90.00

42.20

34.28

131.03

57.57

48.77

63.00

42.53

46.37

90.00

51.76

46.28

90.00

48.73

46.76

65.00

47.68

37.55

110.67

58.47

31.35

61.00

45.71

47.04

26.82

90.00

47.04

66.52

28.90

128.00

66.52

47.52

26.12

67.53

47.52

50.68

28.57

68.00

50.68

pipe

50.25

25.72

90.00

50.25

STA.103+200.00

pipe

50.49

27.37

68.00

50.49

80

STA.103+800.00

pipe

64.69

18.98

129.00

64.69

81

STA.106+040.00

pipe

63.62

30.30

109.00

63.62

82

STA.106+950.00

pipe

51.24

30.70

90.00

51.24

83

STA.107+800.00

pipe

51.95

34.32

90.00

51.95

84

STA.108+900.00

pipe

61.82

35.07

90.00

57.65

85

STA.109+250.00

pipe

83.02

30.26

90.00

78.81

86

STA.109+610.00

pipe

71.49

31.49

90.00

71.49

87

STA.110+200.00

pipe

66.87

31.25

90.00

66.87

88

STA.110+500.00

pipe

64.73

32.89

90.00

64.73

89

STA.111+150.00

pipe

60.12

32.07

90.00

60.12

90

STA.111+730.00

pipe

58.94

28.10

68.00

58.94

48.73

47.68

via

58.47

45.71

ee

.n

ww
w
7-158

NO.

STATION

Class.

91

STA.113+050.00

92

SIZE(Dia:cm)

ELEV.

2100

pipe

76.74

20.25

STA.118+050.00

pipe

65.63

20.04

93

STA.118+480.00

pipe

54.90

25.63

94

STA.120+951.44

pipe

67.62

17.00

95

STA.122+430.40

pipe

51.54

16.02

96

STA.123+200.00

pipe

97

STA.123+550.00

pipe

93.15

98

STA.123+950.00

pipe

49.33

99

STA.124+550.00

pipe

60.70

100

STA.126+830.00

pipe

60.60

101

STA.127+740.27

pipe

102

STA.130+693.27

pipe

103

STA.130+913.25

pipe

104

STA.142+979.99

105

SKEW

LENGTH

()

121.96

76.74

73.00

65.63

90.00

54.90

55.00

67.62

83.96

51.54

PD
F

1100

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Remarks

19.48

74.17

68.33

20.78

133.00

93.15

24.27

68.37

49.33

20.89

131.00

60.70

26.46

110.00

60.60

62.92

19.93

51.15

62.92

50.43

15.64

59.49

50.43

40.27

16.27

110.80

40.27

pipe

62.23

8.47

126.82

62.23

STA.147+674.12

pipe

39.12

9.00

73.64

39.12

106

STA.152+150.00

pipe

50.44

21.55

90.00

50.44

107

STA.154+100.00

pipe

72.26

22.15

107.20

72.26

108

STA.155+164.36

pipe

50.89

16.28

66.40

50.89

109

STA.156+660.00

pipe

49.26

16.05

90.00

49.26

110

STA.156+950.00

pipe

45.29

14.20

90.00

45.29

111

STA.157+180.00

pipe

60.43

12.60

47.00

60.43

112

STA.159+400.00

pipe

47.10

20.82

65.72

47.10

113

STA.159+950.00

pipe

22.52

55.00

69.10

114

STA.162+614.99

pipe

47.09

16.21

93.31

47.09

115

STA.162+900.00

pipe

82.31

16.05

44.81

82.31

116

STA.163+500.00

pipe

55.99

20.78

68.00

55.99

117

STA.163+750.00

pipe

67.96

21.42

125.00

67.96

118

STA.165+330.00

pipe

47.36

21.44

90.00

47.36

119

STA.165+800.00

pipe

64.82

18.98

90.00

64.82

120

STA.166+060.00

pipe

68.84

19.48

90.00

68.84

ww
w

.n

ee

via

68.33

69.10

7-159

NO.

STATION

Class.

121

STA.167+100.00

122

SIZE(Dia:cm)

ELEV.

2100

pipe

46.93

20.48

STA.167+490.00

pipe

58.87

15.71

123

STA.170+440.66

pipe

45.50

9.35

124

STA.173+175.51

pipe

45.20

11.11

125

STA.178+539.70

pipe

60.57

14.09

126

STA.178+800.00

pipe

52.22

127

STA.180+550.00

pipe

128

STA.188+250.00

pipe

53.41

129

STA.188+460.00

pipe

57.49

130

STA.188+640.00

pipe

73.26

131

STA.188+850.00

pipe

74.80

132

STA.200+050.73

pipe

133

STA.206+350.00

pipe

134

STA.207+400.00

135

SKEW

LENGTH

()

90.00

46.93

134.00

58.87

92.98

45.50

85.25

45.20

107.61

60.57

PD
F

1100

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Remarks

15.60

90.00

52.22

47.57

14.91

116.00

47.57

31.04

111.00

53.41

32.39

109.00

57.49

28.11

105.00

73.26

25.29

74.40

74.80

45.55

18.86

69.50

45.55

56.41

15.17

90.00

56.41

pipe

54.30

10.36

135.00

54.30

STA.208+250.00

pipe

53.92

9.78

90.00

53.92

136

STA.210+360.00

pipe

46.49

18.99

113.00

46.49

137

STA.213+929.36

pipe

49.24

7.83

63.02

49.24

138

STA.223+355.75

pipe

44.94

2.45

118.91

44.94

139

STA.226+205.70

pipe

43.69

3.38

70.77

43.69

140

STA.226+721.76

pipe

43.37

4.36

62.89

43.37

141

STA.227+284.06

pipe

46.43

3.70

63.00

46.43

142

STA.229+036.88

pipe

52.82

3.24

55.99

52.82

143

STA.229+630.64

pipe

82.50

4.62

48.16

82.50

144

STA.232+201.82

pipe

41.88

5.08

112.60

41.88

145

STA.232+303.31

pipe

47.11

5.38

113.56

47.11

146

STA.232+735.00

pipe

45.07

13.27

90.00

45.07

147

STA.233+600.00

pipe

60.18

8.99

90.00

60.18

148

STA.236+950.00

pipe

54.45

10.04

90.00

54.45

149

STA.238+872.92

pipe

46.74

14.28

94.20

46.74

150

STA.240+000.00

pipe

46.04

12.66

90.00

46.04

ww
w

.n

ee

via

7-160

NO.

STATION

Class.

151

STA.241+700.00

152

SIZE(Dia:cm)

ELEV.

2100

pipe

52.78

5.00

STA.242+221.59

pipe

41.71

7.31

153

STA.242+441.53

pipe

59.59

7.44

154

STA.243+435.93

pipe

54.44

10.37

155

STA.252+050.00

pipe

57.63

14.09

156

STA.256+043.11

pipe

157

STA.256+127.64

pipe

158

STA.258+851.71

pipe

159

STA.260+350.00

pipe

160

STA.261+528.98

pipe

161

STA.262+950.00

pipe

53.96

162

STA.263+100.00

pipe

50.03

163

STA.263+400.00

pipe

164

STA.263+625.07

165

SKEW

LENGTH

()

90.00

52.78

65.44

41.71

42.95

59.59

61.51

54.44

134.00

57.63

PD
F

1100

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Remarks

12.13

44.79

86.24

64.28

12.02

112.72

64.28

69.15

14.56

135.71

69.15

52.72

11.06

90.00

52.72

58.97

9.95

46.89

58.97

12.96

90.00

53.96

21.51

90.00

50.03

61.27

13.08

126.00

61.27

pipe

72.20

11.56

50.17

72.20

STA.263+920.00

pipe

93.31

12.87

129.00

93.31

166

STA.264+270.00

pipe

46.93

26.34

90.00

46.93

167

STA.265+350.00

pipe

44.49

16.44

90.00

44.49

168

STA.265+850.00

pipe

56.83

15.99

90.00

56.83

169

STA.266+400.00

pipe

47.89

26.96

118.00

47.89

170

STA.266+600.00

pipe

55.23

25.52

90.00

55.23

171

STA.266+750.00

pipe

44.23

30.80

90.00

44.23

172

STA.267+260.00

pipe

52.93

33.58

90.00

52.93

173

STA.268+160.00

pipe

59.40

31.25

90.00

59.40

174

STA.268+400.00

pipe

60.28

32.92

90.00

60.28

175

STA.269+550.00

pipe

91.69

36.15

90.00

91.69

176

STA.271+250.00

pipe

51.63

35.09

90.00

51.63

177

STA.272+200.00

pipe

64.30

39.82

73.00

64.30

178

STA.272+670.00

pipe

83.81

33.78

117.00

83.81

179

STA.272+960.00

pipe

54.03

35.51

90.00

54.03

180

STA.273+200.00

pipe

78.96

33.10

123.00

78.96

ww
w

.n

ee

via

86.24

7-161

NO.

STATION

Class.

181

STA.273+360.00

182

SIZE(Dia:cm)

ELEV.

2100

pipe

68.62

33.31

STA.274+750.00

pipe

57.34

31.36

183

STA.277+880.00

pipe

78.72

24.66

184

STA.278+200.00

pipe

52.06

24.12

185

STA.279+850.00

pipe

38.98

21.06

186

STA.280+950.00

pipe

187

STA.282+614.65

pipe

48.06

188

STA.283+207.46

pipe

189

STA.283+790.21

pipe

190

STA.284+204.33

pipe

60.47

191

STA.284+469.09

pipe

192

STA.285+020.43

pipe

62.31

193

STA.287+945.74

194

SKEW

LENGTH

()

90.00

68.62

90.00

57.34

123.00

78.72

90.00

52.06

90.00

38.98

PD
F

1100

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Remarks

24.19

90.00

73.30

18.71

59.34

48.06

63.93

20.27

125.97

63.93

62.50

23.49

86.09

62.50

21.10

46.18

60.47

78.69

19.03

46.49

78.69

23.33

44.70

62.31

pipe

56.96

22.61

46.86

56.96

STA.289+911.22

pipe

63.05

23.41

60.50

63.05

195

STA.292+685.79

pipe

44.24

22.90

69.54

44.24

196

STA.294+942.15

pipe

62.51

22.29

126.47

62.51

197

STA.296+860.00

pipe

53.15

18.90

90.00

53.15

198

STA.297+450.00

pipe

56.73

18.69

90.00

56.73

199

STA.297+736.47

pipe

77.54

21.63

47.01

77.54

200

STA.298+720.75

pipe

50.02

22.02

56.20

50.02

201

STA.298+888.11

pipe

48.67

23.11

110.06

48.67

202

STA.301+750.00

pipe

65.02

23.15

71.00

65.02

203

STA.302+650.00

pipe

63.65

22.30

129.00

63.65

204

STA.303+920.00

pipe

60.18

28.75

90.00

60.18

205

STA.304+470.00

pipe

72.53

28.01

124.00

72.53

206

STA.306+300.00

pipe

58.60

25.33

90.00

58.60

207

STA.307+550.00

pipe

38.73

25.80

90.00

38.73

208

STA.308+960.00

pipe

42.27

20.40

90.00

42.27

209

STA.320+860.00

pipe

58.75

26.40

111.00

58.75

210

STA.321+700.00

pipe

45.39

25.30

63.00

45.39

ww
w

.n

ee

via

73.30

7-162

NO.

STATION

Class.

211

STA.323+900.00

212

SIZE(Dia:cm)

ELEV.

2100

pipe

43.76

24.58

STA.324+700.00

pipe

58.94

20.61

213

STA.325+690.49

pipe

67.97

17.80

214

STA.325+929.06

pipe

51.24

18.11

215

STA.326+093.66

pipe

40.12

17.00

216

STA.326+268.37

pipe

217

STA.326+380.88

pipe

44.14

218

STA.326+832.42

pipe

219

STA.328+400.00

pipe

220

STA.328+750.00

pipe

221

STA.330+550.00

pipe

222

STA.331+690.00

pipe

223

STA.332+150.00

pipe

224

STA.336+710.00

225

SKEW

LENGTH

()

90.00

43.76

135.00

58.94

107.88

67.97

115.15

51.24

94.33

40.12

PD
F

1100

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Remarks

17.45

92.75

38.40

17.15

91.81

44.14

55.10

19.04

96.21

55.10

48.97

17.62

90.00

48.97

43.34

17.19

90.00

43.34

42.54

21.90

90.00

42.54

75.19

22.40

90.00

75.19

78.05

22.34

74.00

78.05

pipe

42.63

9.88

90.00

42.63

STA.343+271.14

pipe

49.04

15.53

97.40

49.04

226

STA.343+928.25

pipe

53.45

13.30

111.29

53.45

227

STA.344+750.00

pipe

53.75

11.55

113.00

53.75

228

STA.000+812.90

pipe

39.77

8.88

46.05

39.77

Dumai IC
Access Road

229

STA.000+878.85

pipe

29.36

8.97

83.60

29.36

Dumai IC
Access Road

230

STA.001+311.17

pipe

49.41

9.26

81.10

49.41

Dumai IC
Access Road

231

STA.001+642.36

pipe

15.51

9.30

76.55

15.51

Dumai IC
Ramp-1

232

STA.000+389.88

pipe

15.45

9.27

90.00

15.45

Dumai IC
Ramp-2

233

STA.000+408.00

pipe

16.83

9.34

116.16

16.83

Dumai IC
Ramp-2

234

STA.000+012.12

pipe

36.42

24.64

90.00

36.42

Rantauprapat IC
Access Road

235

STA.000+681.64

pipe

33.34

22.23

134.44

33.34

Kisaran IC
Access Road

236

STA.001+451.69

pipe

16.62

21.55

90.00

16.62

Kisaran IC
Ramp-2

237

STA.000+254.40

pipe

16.05

22.06

90.00

16.05

Kisaran IC
Ramp-4

238

STA.000+797.38

pipe

31.65

37.62

74.92

31.65

Limapuluh IC
Access Road

239

STA.001+182.54

pipe

37.13

8.00

45.16

37.13

TebingTinggi IC
Province Road

240

STA.001+505.19

pipe

30.86

7.80

134.64

30.86

TebingTinggi IC
Province Road

ww
w

.n

ee

via

38.40

7-163

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-93> Plan of Box Culvert List(North Section - Main)


NO.

STATION

Class.

BOX SIZE(m)

ELEV.

SKEW

LENGTH

()

90.00

55.59

90.00

77.04

90.00

42.72

90.00

42.06

106.31

48.94

Remarks

STA.000+250.00 Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

19.14

STA.002+700.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

22.55

STA.004+150.00

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

12.50

STA.005+550.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

8.95

STA.006+125.02

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

8.04

STA.007+686.01

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

8.22

60.00

46.80

STA.008+288.97

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

7.68

106.50

48.50

STA.015+242.47

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

7.99

95.10

49.40

STA.018+610.91

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

4.06

60.38

54.07

10

STA.022+578.06

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

3.04

60.44

46.39

11

STA.022+831.15

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

3.49

120.00

49.80

12

STA.023+372.43

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

3.01

120.00

55.81

13

STA.024+081.88

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

3.87

90.00

44.89

14

STA.024+430.53

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

2.40

45.68

60.14

15

STA.024+788.43

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

3.07

45.68

68.12

16

STA.025+764.73

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

4.26

120.00

46.52

17

STA.026+281.58

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

3.18

90.00

46.06

18

STA.026+771.66

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

2.77

120.00

48.42

19

STA.027+088.38

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

2.54

120.00

47.97

20

STA.027+550.00

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

3.22

90.00

41.43

21

STA.027+895.80

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

3.12

120.00

66.87

22

STA.028+661.67

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

4.38

71.10

51.61

via

ee

.n

ww
w

PD
F

23

STA.029+012.38

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

4.05

70.69

46.12

24

STA.029+341.96

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

4.26

69.02

55.63

25

STA.030+014.16

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

3.55

119.56

66.30

26

STA.031+715.71

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

3.44

60.20

45.40

27

STA.033+137.10

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

2.00

73.00

45.40

28

STA.039+498.38

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

5.37

78.00

40.54

29

STA.054+050.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

29.06

90.00

93.41

30

STA.054+350.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

25.25

90.00

112.81

7-164

NO.

STATION

Class.

BOX SIZE(m)

ELEV.

STA.055+331.76 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

21.70

32

STA.063+739.89

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

12.82

33

STA.065+606.82

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

14.47

34

STA.067+700.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

15.46

35

STA.069+124.26 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

13.28

36

STA.069+750.00 Box Culvert

37

STA.070+050.00 Box Culvert

38

STA.071+250.00 Box Culvert

39

STA.073+269.03

Box Culvert

40

STA.084+085.15 Box Culvert

41

STA.086+229.10

Box Culvert

42

STA.087+936.12 Box Culvert

43

STA.092+329.98 Box Culvert

44
45

SKEW

LENGTH

()

116.68

41.24

109.95

50.73

60.76

47.76

90.00

58.15

60.00

82.86

PD
F

31

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

2.0

19.36

60.00

66.55

3.0

2.0

23.40

68.00

53.67

3.0

2.0

23.18

110.38

57.81

3.0

3.0

5.78

60.00

49.19

3.0

2.0

19.29

61.00

55.98

3.0

3.0

12.22

94.59

47.08

3.0

2.0

24.65

61.00

66.94

3.0

2.0

39.34

75.41

84.94

STA.093+060.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

41.14

90.00

86.03

STA.094+320.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

40.70

102.00

83.33

3.0

3.0

15.34

102.14

54.20

via

3.0

STA.100+831.22

Box Culvert

47

STA.104+150.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

15.84

71.08

47.41

48

STA.105+805.92 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

24.53

60.30

57.49

ee

46

Remarks

STA.113+727.16

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

13.93

114.47

61.09

50

STA.113+815.03

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

15.45

95.03

51.32

51

STA.115+160.00 Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

23.74

102.68

90.90

52

STA.119+760.84

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

15.29

119.64

46.13

ww
w

.n

49

53

STA.125+250.00

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

18.24

119.68

48.96

54

STA.129+458.54

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

13.70

89.87

47.09

55

STA.131+576.56

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

16.10

69.25

44.90

56

STA.135+929.83

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

14.22

90.00

46.63

57

STA.137+184.02

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

13.13

93.57

45.48

58

STA.138+561.84

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

9.35

66.92

47.62

59

STA.141+654.93

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

8.65

79.24

41.36

60

STA.142+100.00

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

10.54

98.83

48.92

7-165

NO.

STATION

Class.

61

STA.150+127.82

62

BOX SIZE(m)

ELEV.

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

5.81

STA.150+430.52

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

4.98

63

STA.151+329.72

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

7.31

64

STA.157+463.93

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

10.10

65

STA.158+191.53

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

11.40

66

STA.161+148.85

Box Culvert

67

STA.168+096.15

Box Culvert

68

STA.171+000.00 Box Culvert

69

STA.174+500.00 Box Culvert

70

STA.176+900.00 Box Culvert

SKEW

LENGTH

()

79.93

44.89

108.40

52.71

65.54

67.47

90.00

54.96

91.88

63.64

PD
F

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Remarks

3.0

3.0

14.57

106.54

64.00

3.0

2.0

6.72

60.00

47.72

3.0

2.0

11.09

90.00

49.34

3.0

2.0

17.04

90.00

67.14

3.0

2.0

13.35

90.00

61.92

3.0

2.0

13.31

65.44

44.59

3.0

2.0

13.72

108.57

44.78

STA.184+764.41

Box Culvert

72

STA.185+630.54

Box Culvert

73

STA.187+400.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

13.68

90.00

51.29

74

STA.190+584.00

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

15.31

60.00

69.03

75

STA.192+004.84

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

16.91

83.46

45.67

76

STA.192+620.36

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

21.00

87.09

48.32

77

STA.192+872.49

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

22.46

65.17

53.95

78

STA.193+550.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

19.74

90.00

73.66

79

STA.194+250.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

16.94

69.00

58.81

ee

via

71

STA.197+306.31

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

13.17

65.24

49.34

81

STA.201+621.75

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

8.34

60.00

57.54

82

STA.203+131.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

10.67

95.09

60.26

ww
w

.n

80

83

STA.205+226.45

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

11.63

60.00

59.95

84

STA.207+910.87

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

7.37

120.00

53.76

85

STA.213+314.63

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

7.02

71.60

41.10

86

STA.214+294.45

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

5.88

109.86

47.71

87

STA.215+312.83

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

5.62

85.49

39.55

88

STA.217+222.03

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

4.68

90.00

38.62

89

STA.221+985.18

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

2.55

109.62

42.55

90

STA.223+027.18

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

2.74

109.00

44.93

7-166

NO.

STATION

Class.

91

STA.224+235.11

92

BOX SIZE(m)

ELEV.

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

3.48

STA.224+707.57

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

3.07

93

STA.225+015.08

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

2.05

94

STA.225+254.61

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

2.93

95

STA.225+746.52

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

2.36

96

STA.225+851.78

Box Culvert

97

STA.228+290.09

Box Culvert

98

STA.229+277.86

Box Culvert

99

STA.230+153.19

Box Culvert

100

STA.230+342.36

Box Culvert

101

STA.233+385.92

Box Culvert

102

STA.234+355.16

Box Culvert

103

STA.234+696.78

Box Culvert

104

STA.235+578.56

105

SKEW

LENGTH

()

120.00

45.43

117.00

44.96

66.49

48.22

90.00

40.96

79.97

38.62

PD
F

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Remarks

2.0

2.64

73.16

45.48

4.0

4.0

1.62

60.51

53.76

3.0

3.0

3.80

75.04

51.51

3.0

2.0

6.10

77.26

50.64

4.0

4.0

2.83

83.71

48.21

3.0

3.0

11.23

72.58

51.97

3.0

2.0

8.52

120.00

47.51

3.0

3.0

7.48

62.28

64.79

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

5.58

60.63

46.68

STA.241+061.65

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

6.52

116.10

44.77

106

STA.244+605.93

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

9.46

70.39

44.52

107

STA.247+600.00

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

17.33

60.00

51.24

108 STA.250+300.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

14.39

90.00

47.03

109

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

12.02

119.18

58.88

STA.250+900.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

13.05

90.00

63.38

ee

STA.250+607.33

.n

110

via

3.0

STA.252+783.84

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

11.40

73.33

57.21

112

STA.254+884.19

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

13.01

90.00

43.59

STA.257+250.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

13.64

90.00

56.59

ww
w

111

113

114

STA.257+567.77

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

9.70

60.00

68.41

115

STA.259+521.91

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

11.53

82.83

80.99

116

STA.259+730.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

11.99

119.00

78.87

117

STA.260+579.05

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

8.47

117.85

67.63

118

STA.261+052.11

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

8.19

98.21

52.04

119

STA.261+266.58

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

9.02

60.00

56.43

120

STA.261+418.94

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

8.41

60.00

53.86

7-167

NO.

STATION

Class.

BOX SIZE(m)

ELEV.

STA.262+320.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

12.03

122 STA.268+800.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

33.19

123

3.0

2.0

27.39

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

30.20

STA.275+650.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

23.35

121

124
125

STA.269+200.00 Box Culvert


STA.270+828.77

STA.276+727.49

Box Culvert

127

STA.279+173.21

Box Culvert

128

STA.281+225.13

Box Culvert

129 STA.286+600.00 Box Culvert

130

STA.287+297.42

Box Culvert

131

STA.294+811.14

Box Culvert

STA.305+400.00 Box Culvert

133 STA.306+600.00 Box Culvert


134

LENGTH

()

90.00

64.32

76.00

84.87

90.00

132.77

90.00

44.78

120.00

74.24

Remarks

3.0

2.0

20.18

93.50

48.78

3.0

3.0

17.58

74.26

53.60

3.0

3.0

27.69

95.64

57.69

3.0

2.0

19.85

90.00

68.79

3.0

3.0

19.33

84.95

45.34

3.0

2.0

21.65

80.73

64.00

3.0

3.0

17.65

90.00

44.94

3.0

2.0

23.31

73.00

70.54

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

18.40

90.00

62.45

135 STA.309+550.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

17.60

90.00

64.51

136

4.0

4.0

37.10

117.78

48.24

STA.307+850.00

STA.314+712.23

Box Culvert

ee

132

via

126

SKEW

PD
F

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

STA.318+060.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

32.15

118.48

83.88

138

STA.321+971.98 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

17.29

120.00

80.54

139

STA.322+379.90

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

17.44

66.90

61.72

140

STA.323+234.88

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

15.16

107.44

75.44

141

STA.324+308.61

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

19.37

113.61

49.07

STA.326+750.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

17.00

90.00

73.61

STA.332+700.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

17.17

90.00

47.32

144 STA.335+900.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

10.29

90.00

55.33

145

STA.337+900.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

9.35

72.00

66.47

146 STA.338+350.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

8.90

74.00

69.16

147

STA.341+450.00 Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

10.45

114.00

48.76

148

STA.344+006.82

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

8.92

109.31

58.89

149

STA.344+159.04

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

8.67

103.24

58.57

150

STA.344+257.53

Box Culvert

3.0

3.0

8.55

98.81

55.14

ww
w

142

.n

137

143

7-168

NO.

STATION

Class.

151

STA.347+366.67

152

BOX SIZE(m)

ELEV.

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

9.01

STA.349+744.48

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

8.34

153

STA.351+026.83

Box Culvert

4.0

4.0

9.19

154

STA.351+418.81

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

9.13

155

STA.351+903.32

Box Culvert

3.0

2.0

10.87

156

STA.003+636.43

Box Culvert

157

STA.000+223.80

Box Culvert

158

STA.002+519.34

Box Culvert

159

STA.000+280.40 Box Culvert

160

STA.000+868.70

Box Culvert

161

STA.000+241.87

Box Culvert

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

SKEW

LENGTH

()

90.00

43.39

96.84

48.03

90.00

43.90

73.11

39.72

74.19

43.17

Remarks

3.0

20.26

103.97

36.12

Kualahulu IC
Access Road

3.0

3.0

19.8

90.00

23.62

Kualahulu IC
Ramp-3

3.0

2.0

8.70

86.75

24.2

TebingTingi IC
Province Road

3.0

2.0

7.70

60.00

22.87

TebingTingi IC
Access Road-2

3.0

2.0

8.53

90.00

15.62

TebingTingi IC
Ramp-3

3.0

2.0

40.22

90.00

21.68

overpass 42

PD
F
3.0

via

<Table 7-94> Plan of Crossing Pipe List(North Section - Feeder)


NO.

STA.

Class.

STA.010+127.14

SIZE(Dia:cm)

ELEV.

SKEW

LENGTH

Remarks

2100

()

pipe

35.43

8.80

63.98

35.43

Feeder Toll Road

STA.010+415.93

pipe

50.02

8.77

135.00

50.02

Feeder Toll Road

STA.011+102.42

pipe

57.23

8.67

75.97

57.23

Feeder Toll Road

STA.011+649.50

pipe

50.78

10.38

78.39

50.78

Feeder Toll Road

STA.011+696.81

pipe

59.39

11.08

63.04

59.39

Feeder Toll Road

STA.011+887.16

pipe

66.42

11.14

113.57

66.42

Feeder Toll Road

STA.013+115.00

pipe

48.95

10.87

90.00

48.95

Feeder Toll Road

STA.013+850.00

pipe

79.89

16.50

58.00

79.89

Feeder Toll Road

STA.014+250.00

pipe

61.96

14.07

90.00

61.96

Feeder Toll Road

10

STA.016+300.00

pipe

77.54

22.85

90.00

77.54

Feeder Toll Road

ww
w

.n

ee

1100

<Table 7-95> Plan of Box Culvert List(North Section - Feeder)

NO.
1

3
4

STA.

Class.

Box
Culvert
Box
STA.010+883.17
Culvert
Box
STA.014+450.00
Culvert
Box
STA.015+450.00
Culvert
STA.001+612.19

SIZE(m)

ELEV.

SKEW LENGTH

Remarks

()

3.0

2.0

1.81

60.00

49.06

Feeder Toll Road

3.0

3.0

8.84

60.00

67.50

Feeder Toll Road

3.0

2.0

13.77

70.00

57.44

Feeder Toll Road

3.0

2.0

19.69

62.00

49.04

Feeder Toll Road

7-169

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.7 Pavement Plan

7.7.1 Determination of Pavement Design Method and Type


A. Pavement Design Method

Pavement design methods of Indonesia, Korea and AASHTO were evaluated


for comparison

As a result of reviewing adjacent project(Sumatra Toll Road), AASHTO pavement


be also applied to this project.

B. Selection of types of pavement

PD
F

design(Guide for Design of Pavement Structures, 1993) was adopted which will

Regarding the pavement type of Sumatrea Toll Road, concrete pavement is


applied basically according to MPWH's policy and asphalt pavement is applied
at continuative soft ground area in consultation with MPWH.

via

7.7.2 Design of Pavement Structure


A. Design Traffic Loads

1) Equivalent number of 18-kip single axle loads


Equivalent number of 18-kip single axle loads was based on Bina Marga
MST-10 Equivalent number which was applied to adjacent project (Sumatra

ee

Toll Road)

<Table 7-96> Bina Marga MST-10 equivalent number


Equivalent number of
8.2ton single-axle load

Remark
Category of vehicle
(Gol)

Sedan, jeep, wagon

0.0005

Gol-1

Pick-up, combi

0.1619

Gol-1

Truck 2 axle (L), Micro truck

0.2174

Gol-2

Small bus

0.2174

Gol-1

Large bus

0.3006

Gol-1

Truck 2 axle (H)

2.4134

Gol-2

Truck 3 axle

2.7416

Gol-3

Truck 4 axle

3.9083

Gol-4

Truck 5 axle

4.1546

Gol-5

1
2
3

ww
w

Vehicle

.n

NO.

Equivalent number of the vehicle Gol-1, Gol-2 classified in traffic demand


forecast was applied as follows, considering the distribution rate identified
when analyzing the traffic volume.

7-170

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

<Table 7-97> Equivalent number of 8.2ton single-axle load applied


Category
(Gol)

Gol-2

Gol-1, 2
rate (%)

Sedan, jeep, wagon

0.0005

62

Pick-up, combi

0.1619

Small bus

0.2174

Medium bus

0.2590

Large bus

0.3006

Vehicles

Truck 2 axle (L)


Truck 2 axle (H)

Gol-3

Truck 3 axle

Gol-4

Truck 4 axle

Gol-5

Truck 5 axle

Applied equivalent
number of 8.2ton
single-axle load

18
11

0.0788

PD
F

Gol-1

Bina Marga
MST-10 number

0.2174

2.4134

96

2.7416

2.7416

3.9083

3.9083

4.1546

4.1546

2.3256

2) Calculation of the traffic loads in the design lane

via

Traffic loads in the design lane


W'8.2 = W8.2 DD DL

where W8.2 : Accumulated two-directional 8.2ton equivalent single-axle load traffic


DD : Directional distribution factor
DL : Lane distribution factor

ee

<Table 7-98> Directional distribution factor

Classification

Terbanggi Besar~Kayuagung

Dumai~Tebing Tinggi

directional distribution factor

0.531

0.528

<Table 7-99> Lane distribution factor

.n

No. of lanes in each


direction
1

ESAL percentage in design lane Application to the project(%)


100
80100

6080

4 or more

5075

ww
w

80

Analysis period : service start: 2019, goal year 2038


- Cement Concrete Pavement : 20 years
- Asphalt Concrete Pavement : 10 years + 10 years (overlay 5cm)

Classification

Sumatera Toll Road project


Bakauheni
Pekanbaru
~Terbanggi Besar
~Dumai

Application to this project

Concrete pavement

20 years

20 years

20 years

Asphalt pavement

10 years

10 years

10+10 years(overlay 5cm)

7-171

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Calculation of cumulative traffic loads in the design lane

<Table 7-100> Cumulative traffic loads : South section (Terbanggi Besar~Kayuagung)

Beginning point IC-1


(BP~Menggala IC)
IC-1 IC-2
Sout
h
(Menggala IC~Sp.Pematang IC)
IC-2 IC-3(Ending point)
(Sp.Pematang IC~Kayuagung IC)

2038

204.552

86.894

2028

72.030

30.598

2038

168.226

71.462

PD
F

Classification

Cumulative
Cumulative
traffic loads traffic loads
Goal year
Remark
both Direction in the design
6
6
(10 )
lane(10 )
2028
90.557
38.469

2028

75.475

32.062

2038

176.143

74.826

<Table 7-101> Cumulative traffic loads : North section (Dumai~Tebing Tinggi)

Classification

IC-1 IC-2
(Dumai IC~Sedinginan IC)

IC-2 IC-3
(Sedinginan IC~Bagan Batu IC)

IC-3 IC-4
(Bagan Batu IC~Kotapinang IC)

ee

N
o
r
t
h

IC-4 IC-5
(Kotapinang IC~Rantauprapat IC)

.n

IC-5 IC-6
(Rantauprapat IC~Kualahulu IC)
IC-6 IC-7
(Kualahulu IC~SP. Empat IC)
IC-7 IC-8
(SP. Empat IC~Kisaran IC)

ww
w

N
o
r
t
h
2

2028

37.060

15.654

2038

85.559

36.140

2028

33.679

14.226

2038

76.833

32.454

2028

35.837

15.138

2038

80.689

34.083

2028

42.658

18.019

2038

96.874

40.920

2028

46.207

19.518

2038

103.607

43.764

2028

49.876

21.068

2038

111.269

47.000

2028

70.820

29.914

2038

149.852

63.297

2028

81.278

34.332

2038

174.043

73.516

2028

106.986

45.191

2038

232.375

98.155

2028

92.033

38.875

2038

201.707

85.201

2028

93.499

39.494

2038

205.393

86.758

2028

97.710

41.273

2038

208.395

88.026

via

Start point IC-1


(BP~Dumai IC)

Goal year

Cumulative
traffic loads
both Direction
6
(10 )

IC-8 IC-9
(Kisaran IC~Limapuluh IC)

IC-9 IC-10
(Limapuluh IC~Indrapura JCT)

IC-10 IC-11
(Indrapura JCT~Tebing Tinggi IC)
IC-11 End point
(Tebing Tinggi IC~EP)

Cumulative
traffic loads Remar
in design
k
6
lane (10 )

North section (Dumai~Tebing Tinggi) was divided into 2 sections from


Kualahulu IC

7-172

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

B. Pavement structure design of concrete pavement


: Jointed concrete pavement
1) Design elements of cement concrete pavement

Cumulative traffic loads in design lane(W'8.2) : analysis period 20 years


- South section (Terbanggi Besar~Kayuagung) :86.89410
- North section 1 (Dumai~Kualahulu IC) :47.00010

- North section 2 (Kualahulu IC~Tebing Tinggi) :98.15510

PD
F

Reliability(R) : 90% Standard Normal Deviate(ZR) : -1.282

Sumatera Toll Road project

Application to the
project

Classification

AASHTO

Bakauheni
~Terbanggi Besar

Pekanbaru
~Dumai

Reliability(R)

80~99.9%

90%

90%

90%

(ZR)

(-0.841~-3.750)

(-1.282)

(-1.282)

(-1.282)

Overall standard deviation(S0) : applied 0.35

via

Sumatera Toll Road project


Classification

AASHTO

standard
deviation(S0)

0.30~0.40

Bakauheni
~Terbanggi Besar

Pekanbaru
~Dumai

0.35

0.35

Application to the
project
0.35

Difference of serviceability(PSI) : applied 2.0

Classification

ee

- PSI = Initial serviceability Index(P0)- Terminal serviceability Index(Pt)

PCC MR(S'C)

600~800psi

= 4.5 - 2.5 = 2.0

PCC Modulus of Rupture(S'C) : applied 640 psi

.n

AASHTO
(VDOT)

Sumatera Toll Road project

Bakauheni
~Terbanggi Besar

Pekanbaru
~Dumai

640psi

670psi

Application to the
project
640psi

ww
w

* VDOT : Virginia Department of Transportation


6

PCC elastic modulus(EC) : applied 4.0210 psi


0.5

- EC = 57,000(f'c)
*

0.5

= 57,000(35014.224)

= 4.0210 psi

PCC compressive strength(f'c) :


350kg/c 14.224(Equivalent number, psi)
Sumatera Toll Road project

Classification

AASHTO

Bakauheni
~Terbanggi Besar

Pekanbaru
~Dumai

PCC elastic
modulus(EC)

4.2106 psi

4.02106 psi

4.17106 psi

Application to the
project
4.02106 psi

7-173

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Load transfer coefficient(J) : applied 2.8

- In case of Jointed concrete pavement(JCP) and applied Dowel bar

- Considering marginal stripe 0.5m outside and 1.5m inside on concrete pavement
in cross section plan, coefficient 2.8 considered as a tied PCC shoulder

was applied according to AASHTO pavement method(page II-26) in


consideration with safety.
AASHTO

load transfer
coefficient (J)

2.5 ~ 3.1

PD
F

Classification

Sumatera Toll Road project


Bakauheni
Pekanbaru
~Terbanggi Besar
~Dumai
2.55

Application to the
project

2.6

2.8

Drainage coefficient(Cd) : applied 1.10

- Cd 1.10 was applied considering good drainage condition and time rate
5% at moisture state close to saturation point in consideration with safety.
AASHTO

drainage
coefficient (Cd)

1.10

Sumatera Toll Road project


Bakauheni
Pekanbaru
~Terbanggi Besar
~Dumai
1.15

via

Classification

Application to the
project

1.20

1.10

Composite modulus of reaction(K) : applied 596 pci


- Composite modulus of reaction(K) of subgrade (min CBR 6.0, Compactness
100%, Indonesian standard), Aggregate Base class-A(15cm) and lean
concrete(10cm) was applied by calculation as below.

ee

K value of aggregate Base class-A on top


- K-value of subgrade : CBR 6, K = 6.0 32.13(pci-unit equivalent) = 217 pci
- Dynamic elasticity coefficient of subgrade, MR :
MR = K 24 = 217 24 = 5,208 psi

.n

- K-value of aggregate base : calculated by AASHTOs equation as below


2

logeK = -2.807 + 0.1253 (logeDSB) + 1.062 logeMR + 0.1282 logeDSB logeESB


- 0.4114 logeDSB - 0.0581 logeESB - 0.1317 logeDSB logeMR

ww
w

K : Composite modulus of subgrade reaction(pci)


DSB : Thickness of aggregate base(inch) = 15cm = 5.906 inch
ESB : Elasticity coefficient(psi) of aggregate base = 29,400 psi
MR : Dynamic elasticity coefficient(psi) = 5,208 psi

Composite modulus of aggregate base(K) = e5.68457 = 294 pci

Calculation of K value of Lean Concrete on top


- K value of aggregate base : 294 pci
- Dynamic elasticity coefficient of aggregate base(MR)
: MR = K 24 = 294 24 = 7,056 psi

- Composite K-value of lean concrete : calculated by AASHTO's equation

7-174

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

DSB : Lean concrete thickness (inch) = 10cm = 3.937 inch

ESB : Elastic coefficient of lean concrete (psi) = 2,200,000 psi

MR : Dynamic elasticity coefficient of aggregate base (psi) = 7,056 psi


Composite K-value of lean concrete (K) = e

6.39

= 596 pci

2) Calculation of concrete pavement slab thickness


Based on Empirical commonality equation

PD
F


log

log W ZR S log



log

where
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Cumulative traffic loads in the design lane (ESAL)


Final design serviceability index (2.5)
Load transfer factor (2.8)
Design elastic coefficient of concrete slab (4.02 106psi)
Composite modulus of reaction of concrete slab contact surface (596pci)
Pavement slab thickness (inch)
Modulus of rupture of concrete slab (640psi)

via

W'8.2
Pt
J
EC
K
D
S'C

ee

<Table 7-102> Calculation of concrete slab thickness by section


Section

W'8.2

South section
(Terbanggi Besar~Kayuagung)

Concrete slab thickness


applied (cm)

86.89410

29.7

30

North section 1
(Dumai~Kualahulu IC)

47.000106

26.8

27

North section 2
(Kualahulu IC~Tebing Tinggi)

98.15510

30.3

30

ww
w

.n

calculated (cm)

<Table 7-103> Determination of concrete pavement structure

South section
(Terbanggi Besar~Kayuagung)

Concrete slab

Lean concrete
Aggregate
base class-A

North section 1
(Dumai~Kualahulu IC)

Concrete slab

30

15

(Unit : cm)

North section 2
(Kualahulu IC~Tebing Tinggi)

27

Concrete slab

30

52

55
10

Remark

Lean concrete

10

Aggregate
base class-A

15

55
Lean concrete

10

Aggregate
base class-A

15

7-175

C. Pavement structure design of asphalt pavement


1) Design elements of cement asphalt pavement
Cumulative design lane traffic (W'8.2)

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

: analysis period 10 years (20 years, overlay : 5cm)

- South section (Terbanggi Besar~Kayuagung) :38.46910 (86.89410 )


6

- North section 1 (Dumai~Kualahulu IC) :21.06810 (47.00010 )


6

- Northe section 2 (Kualahulu IC~Tebing Tinggi) :45.19110 (98.15510 )

PD
F

Reliability(R) : 90% Standard Normal Deviate(ZR) : applied -1.282


Sumatera Toll Road project

Application to the
project

Classification

AASHTO

Bakauheni
~Terbanggi Besar

Medan
~Banda Aceh

Reliability(R)

80~99.9%

90%

90%

(ZR)

(-0.841~-3.750)

(-1.282)

(-)

(-1.282)

Overall standard deviation(S0) : applied 0.45

via

Sumatera Toll Road project


Classification

AASHTO

standard
deviation(S0)

0.40~0.50

Bakauheni
~Terbanggi Besar

Medan
~Banda Aceh

0.45

Application to the
project
0.45

Difference of serviceability(PSI) : applied 1.7

ee

- PSI = initial serviceability index(P0) - final serviceability index(Pt)


= 4.2 - 2.5 = 2.0

Resilient modulus(MR)

- MR of subbase (min CBR 6.0, compactness 100%, Indonesian standard)

.n

= 1,500 CBR = 1,500 6 = 9,000 psi

- Elastic coefficient(ESB) of Aggregate Base class-A(CBR 90) = 29,400 psi


- Elastic coefficient(ESB) of Aggregate Base class-B(CBR 60) = 17,900 psi

ww
w

Structural layer coefficients(a)


Classification

Sumatera Toll Road project


AASHTO
Bakauheni
Medan
~Terbanggi Besar ~Banda Aceh

Application to
the project

Wearing course

0.44

0.40

0.35

0.40

Binder course

0.35

0.32

0.35

Asphalt treated Base

0.34

0.30

0.26

0.30

0.136

0.13

0.14

0.13

0.126

0.12

0.13

0.12

Aggregate Base class-A


(CBR 90)
Aggregate Base class-B
(CBR 60)

7-176

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Drainage Coefficient(mi) : applied 1.15

- Good drainage and considering the percent of time pavement structure is

exposed 50 moisture levels approaching saturation as 5%, drainage


coefficient(mi) applied was 1.15
Classification

AASHTO

Drainage
coefficient(Cd)

1.15

Sumatera Toll Road project


Bakauheni
Medan
~Terbanggi Besar ~Banda Aceh
-

1.15

PD
F

1.15

Application to the
project

2) Calculation of asphalt pavement thickness


Based on Empirical commonality Equation


log

log W ZR S log



log

via

where

W'8.2 : Cumulative traffic loads in the design lane (ESAL)


Pt
: Final design serviceability index (2.5)
MR : Resilient modulus
SN

: Structural Number

ee

<Table 7-104> Minimum thickness of asphalt pavement


Asphalt concrete

Traffic (ESAL's 10 )
6

7 10 or more

aggregate base

inch

cm

inch

cm

10

15

Remark

.n

Review of asphalt pavement structure


- South section (Terbanggi Besar~Kayuagung)

ww
w

structur
after 10 years (2028)
after 20 years (2038)
al layer
Classification
coeffici thick thick design need thick thick design need
(inch) (cm) (SN') (SN) (inch) (cm) (SN') (SN)
ent

Wearing
0.40
course
Binder
0.35
course
Asphalt
0.30
treated Base

1.967

0.787

3.937

5+5

1.457

2.363

1.614

2.363

2.284

7.480

19

3.858 >3.756 7.480

19

4.528 >4.270

Aggregate
0.13
Base class-A

5.906

15

4.741 >4.494 5.906

15

Aggregate
0.12
Base class-B

6.693

17

5.665 >5.641 6.693

17

total

62

Remark
overlay 5cm
existing : 85%*SN

min. thick 15cm


drainage
coefficient 1.15
drainage
6.334 >6.285
coefficient 1.15
5.410 >5.062

67

7-177

- North section 1 (Dumai~Kualahulu IC)


structur
after 10 years (2028)
Classificatio al layer
coeffici thick thick design need
n
ent
(inch) (cm) (SN') (SN)
Wearing
0.40 1.967
5
0.787
course
Binder
0.35 2.363
6
1.614
course
Asphalt
0.30 6.299
16
3.504 >3.406
treated Base

after 20 years (2038)

Remark

thick thick design need


(inch) (cm) (SN') (SN)
3.937

2.363

6.299

16

5.906

15

4.387 >4.098 5.906

15

Aggregate
0.12
Base class-B

5.906

15

5.202 >5.191 5.906

15

1.457

overlay 5cm
existing : 85%*SN

2.284

4.173 >3.879

min. thick 15cm


drainage
coefficient 1.15
drainage
5.871 >5.795
coefficient 1.15

5.056 >4.630

PD
F

Aggregate
0.13
Base class-A

57

total

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

62

- North section 2 (Kualahulu IC~Tebing Tinggi)

5.906

Aggregate
0.12
Base class-B

7.480

15

19

3.937

1.457

2.363

2.284

7.480

19

4.528 >4.351

4.741 >4.603 5.906

15

5.773 >5.765 7.480

64

total

Remark

thick thick design need


(inch) (cm) (SN') (SN)

ee

Aggregate
0.13
Base class-A

after 20 years (2038)

via

structur
after 10 years (2028)
Classificatio al layer
coeffici thick thick design need
n
ent
(inch) (cm) (SN') (SN)
Wearing
0.40 1.967
5
0.787
course
Binder
0.35 2.363
6
1.614
course
Asphalt
0.30 7.480
19
3.858 >3.854
treated Base

19

overlay 5cm
existing : 85%*SN

min. thick 15cm


drainage
coefficient 1.15
drainage
6.443 >6.386 coefficient 1.15
5.410 >5.150

69

.n

* 20-year traffic was reviewed based on overlay 5cm after 10 years


* Design SN value of existing wearing course after 10 years was assumed 85%
* When overlay will be applied, overlay thickness is needed to be determined after evaluating
existing pavement condition and review

ww
w

<Table 7-105> Determination of asphalt pavement structure

South section
(Terbanggi Besar~Kayuagung)

North section 1
(Dumai~Kualahulu IC)

(Unit : cm)

North section 2
(Kualahulu IC~Tebing Tinggi)

Wearing course
Binder course

5
6

Wearing course
Binder course

5
6

Wearing course
Binder course

5
6

Asphalt treated
base

19

Asphalt treated
base

16

Asphalt treated
base

19

Aggregate Base
class-A

15

Aggregate Base
class-A

15

Aggregate Base
class-A

15

Aggregate Base
class-B

17

Aggregate Base
class-B

15

Aggregate Base
class-B

19

7-178

62

57

64

7.7.3 Bridge deck surfacing


A. Objective

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Its intended to minimize traffic load impact and deck corrosion by rainwater

so as to prevent the loss of load-bearing capacity and grant comfortable run


by overlaying the deck with paving material.

B. Comparison of bridge deck surfacing method and application

PD
F

Adhesion between paving material and bridge slab shall be acceptable with

superior abrasion-resistance and response to repeated bending stress and


surface smoothness

<Table 7-106> Comparison of bridge deck surfacing methods


S.M.A
LMC(Latex)
(Stone Mastic Asphalt)
Common deck
Fiber reinforcement
Latex is added to
surfacing method
(celluloid) is added at
ordinary concrete
Asphalt (AP-5)
the site to prevent
(water 50%+S/B
mixture
rundown due to
polymer 50%)to
No particular
excessive AP.
enhance the
management needed
Polymeric asphalt
properties.
during construction
Polymeric concrete
Plant-Mix(field-mix)
Plant-Mix(field-mix)
Crack prevention
Easy application
Crack prevention effect
effect
Less initial cost
Plastic deformation
Good adhesion
Easy maintenance
resistance effect
Low temperature
Common method in Increased skid
and fatigue crack
Indonesia
resistance
resistance
Durable to high
Structural defect is
temperature and heavy
easily detected
traffic load
No separate
Good maintainability
waterproof layer is
(10~12 years)
needed
Difficult to check
Difficult to check
Greater traffic noise
deterioration of deck deterioration of deck
Expert and special
Poor crack
Peeling due to
equipment are
resistance
rainwater penetration
needed (Mobil
Poor adhesion
High permeability due
mixer, roller paver
causing peeling
to pore and crack in
etc)
Poor resistance to
aggregate
High initial cost
heavy traffic

Method
summary

.n

Advantag
e

Note

via

Asphalt concrete

ee

Category

ww
w

Disadvantage

Cost
efficiency
Reason

Adoption

Very excellent

average

poor

Asphalt concrete that is very common in Indonesia would be appropriate


when considering constriction efficiency, driving performance and
maintainability.
(5cm)

7-179

7.7.4 Summary of Pavement Plan

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

In consideration of 30% of heavy vehicle traffic rate and connection to adjacent


project's pavement, concrete pavement is adopted basically.

In soft ground area, consolidated settlement in the long term is expected thus,
therefore asphalt pavement is more appropriate.

Asphalt pavement is applied for 5km or longer continuative soft ground area in
consideration with constructability as follows.(excluding area applied pile slab)
as main road.

PD
F

Interchanges and north section's Feeder Toll Road are applied pavement same

A. South section (Terbanggi Besar~Kayuagung) pavement


Classification
concrete

0+000~ 43+000

asphalt

43+000~ 53+000

concrete

53+000~104+000

asphalt

104+000~125+000

concrete

125+000~185+595

Length (km)

Concrete

total

Asphalt

43.0

10.0

51.0

via

S
o
u
t
h

Section (STA.)

21.0

60.6

154.6

Remark
slab, T=30cm
T=62cm
slab, T=30cm
T=62cm
slab, T=30cm

31.0

B. North section (Dumai~Kayuagung) pavement

concrete
N
o
r
t
h

asphalt

0+000~ 83+000

108+000~142+000

asphalt

142+000~150+000

concrete

150+000~180+000

asphalt

180+000~187+000

ww
w

s
e
c
t
I
o
n
1

NS
2

Length (km)

Concrete

Asphalt

83.0

83+000~108+000

.n

concrete

Section (STA.)

ee

Classification

Remark
slab, T=27cm

25.0
34.0

T=57cm
slab, T=27cm

8.0
30.0

T=57cm
slab, T=30cm

7.0

concrete

187+000~202+000

asphalt

202+000~229+000

concrete

229+000~247+000

18.0

slab, T=27cm

concrete

247+000~353+946

106.9

slab, T=30cm

concrete

Feeder Toll Road :


0+000~15+900

15.9

slab, T=30cm

Total

15.0

T=57cm
slab, T=27cm

27.0

306.8

T=57cm

67.0

C. Bridge deck surfacing


Bridge deck surfacing is applied the asphalt pavement(5 cm) on whole bridge.

7-180

7.8 Facility maintenance plan


7.8.1 Summary

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Through inspection and maintenance shall be carried out to ensure the facilities are
maintained as was installed.

Early detection and appropriate maintenance are essential to prevent malfunction

PD
F

or accident.

Thus facility maintenance plan is proposed as follows.

7.8.2 Maintenance plan


Category

Description

View

A 24-hour patrol to check road facilities, surface and


road lamp

Emergency aid, traffic control and the measure shall

via

Routine
patrol

be taken as needed

Traffic congestion monitoring and traffic information


collection

ee

Regular inspection, detail inspection and emergency


inspection(as needed) and precise safety inspection
Safety
inspection

(when defect is detected)


Detail inspection shall be regularly implemented every

.n

5 years

Continuous monitoring of the facilities through patrol,

ww
w

report or safety inspection

Repair & Routine maintenance in timely manner for insignificant


maintenance damage
Maintenance of serious damage according to maintenance
manual by structure

7-181

7.8.3 Maintenance procedure and checklist


Determine inspection
interval

Routine inspection

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

Detail inspection & safety


inspection

Regular inspection

PD
F

Investigation of defect &


abnormality, investigation
Detail investigation using
equipment

Load-bearing capacity &


stability review

(when difficult to
determine)

Judgment

No repair needed

emergency repair, load


restriction, traffic control

via

Repair is needed

Repair method review

new structure

ee

Maintenance
(repair or reinforcement)

Check repair effect / finish

.n

Completion of repair

Result into DATA BASE

ww
w

7.8.4 Maintenance interval and objects


Classification

Frequency

Objects

Note

Regular inspection

Semiannual

all structure

internally

every other year

all structure

as needed

relevant structure

internally

as needed

major structure

internally

Detail inspection
Check
damage
Emergency
inspection

Special
inspection

Initial inspection

Detail safety diagnosis

7-182

monthly
vulnerable structure
within 90 days after
new or modified structure
completion
in 10 years, category 1
every 5 years
structure

internally
internally

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

7.8.5 Pavement management plan


A. PMS(Pavement Management System)

A system to determine the maintenance cycle based on Life Cycle considering

the whole system including planning and designing, instead of considering


maintenance alone.

PD
F

road surface
inspection

data storage (D/B)

evaluation & analysis

via

PMS

Repair & Maintenance

B. Operation system by stage

Investigation

Visual inspection

Implementation

Automation using equipment

Subjective evaluation depending Objective evaluation depending


on maintenance frequency and

on analysis system

.n

Evaluation &
analysis

Existing system

ee

Classification

damage

ww
w

Repair &
maintenance

Data storage

Maintenance depending on budget Maintenance according to analysis

Manual management

result and priority

Data Base management

C. Expected effect from PMS operation


Effective implementation of maintenance budget.
Maintenance of appropriate pavement condition and extension of service life
by maintenance in timely manner.

Easy determination of maintenance method and time based on priority


7-183

7.8.6 Maintenance of drainage


A. Inspection and maintenance of side
Side gutter shall be dredged for effective drainage.

.co
m

Chapter 7 Technical Review

The section shall be expanded as needed to maintain appropriate water flow.

It shall be replaced with stone or concrete to avoid scouring by fast flow


velocity.

PD
F

The slope shall be adjusted to avoid soil erosion and reinforced with the
stone.

Road ditch shall be checked regularly to ensure no debris or weeds are


inside.

B. Inspection and maintenance of drain pipe

via

Debris or soil inside the pipe shall be removed immediately

Deteriorated or damaged pipe shall be replaced immediately.


Water inside the pipe shall not leak

Inlet and outlet of drain pipe shall be maintained clean.


The function of drain pipe shall be checked during flooding to identify the

ee

problem.

Soil shall not be washed out to the drain pipe.

C. Inspection and maintenance of underground drainage

.n

Rebar exposed shall be covered with concrete or reworked.


The holes between U-type gutters shall be maintained clean for drainage.

ww
w

Debris in side gutter shall be removed

7-184

You might also like